Home

MELSECWinCPU Module Q-Bus Interface Driver User`s Manual

1. Appearance of MELSECWinCPU Appearance of former PC CPU j E MITSUBISHI Q10WCPU W1 PPC CPU852 KB MOUSE ACCESS 1 O O O cF ssD CONTEC T OS Fla O Oh E e BAT EXIT 7 R Q Ouse O veg ae at O Out O Y 4 B STOP B RST B RUN HAST Oin aee 7 f o SER T x Lo nl 2 Ry LINK MK 5 oO d5 100 Z USB V7 IDE 8 9 3 4 3 291 9 Appendix The area colored gray represents major difference MELSECWinCPU Former PC CPU Intel Atom Processor N450 1 66GHz Intel Celeron M Processor 600MHz 533 MHz 400 MHz ce L1 cache 32KBx2 CPU built in 1GB DDR2 SDRAM 533MHz 512MB DDR SDRAM 266MHz Intel ICH8M Intel 852GM VideoRAM _ MAX 64MB Display Graphic Be nig function CPU built in Chipset built in __IF_ __ Analog RGB H Dsub15pin connector 1 I Intel 82574L Intel 82551QM I F Network Ethernet Ethernet Function F 1000BASE T 100BASE TX 10BASE T 100BASE TX 10BASE T 5 RJ 45 connector 2ch RJ 45 connector 1ch Serial COM1 RS 232 compliant Dsub9pin connector Not supported USB can replace it RS 232 compliant 36pin composite Serial COM2 Use commercial conversion Half pitch connector EX I F peripherals eB odceuniplacr oon USB2 0 complant aci
2. onoo Op a00 o CC Link From the next page a Set parameters using the CC Link utility Refer to 5 4 If the system you want to access is a multi CPU system Refer to 5 4 6 make the logical station No setting Write the configured parameters into the Refer to 5 4 4 MELSECWinCPU module Whether or not your own station is a To the next page single CPU system b Yes Reset the bus interface driver using the toggle switch Refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual on ehe MECREC Wmi EU moduli Hardware Design Function Explanation The written parameters can be enabled through this reset operation c To the next page 25 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings From the Bone page b Perform reset operation from CPU Module No 1 The written parameters can be enabled through this reset operation Refer to CPU module User s manual to be used Make the switch on CPU Module No 1 STOP gt RUN and check if the status of CPU Module No 1 is changed to RUN RUN LED lighted ON From the previous page c Make the toggle switch on the MELSECWinCPU module Refer to MELSECWinCPU B STOP gt B RUN and check if the status of the oad Module User s Manual MELSECWinCPU module is changed to RUN B RUN LED lighted ON Hardware Design Function Explanation
3. MITSUBISHI Personal computer Intelligent device station CC Link board If your own Sta s No is 64 access to other Sta is not possible Accessible for your own Sta 196 7 Accessible Range and Devices 7 2 2 Accessible Devices This section describes devices accessible via CC Link utility 1 Batch and Random in the table indicates the following Batch Batch writing mdSend Batch reading mdReceive Random Random writing mdRandW Random reading mdRandR bit setting mdDevSet bit resetting mdDevRst 2 BitSet mdDevSet function and BitReset mdDevRst function can access bit devices only 1 Own Sta accessing The following lists the devices accessible via the CC Link utility controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Device type Device Used function Accessibility Device name specification Own Sta RX DevX Random Own Sta RY DevY Random Own Sta SB DevSM DevQSB link special B for CC Link Random Own Sta SW DevSD DevQSW link special W for CC Link Random Own Sta link register for sending DevWw Random Own Sta link register for receiving DevWr Random Own Sta buffer memory DevSPB Random Own Sta random access buffer DevMRB Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 197
4. Start I O No 2 Module added to the Start I O No 00 position Target module Start I O No 3 Target module reassigned when the screen transitions or when the parameter setup file is saved Target module gt 1 2 D K N DA 7 N MITSUBISHI ih Start I O No 81 5 Utility Operations b Initial value and its setting range by station type The initial value and its setting range by station type changes according to the setting in the Mode setting field Details on this is as follows Setting of Mode setting Initial value Setting range No setting Remote I O station Remote net Ver 1 mode Remote I O station Remote device station Intelligent device station No setting Ver 1 Remote I O station Remote net Ver 2 mode Ver 1 Remote device station Ver 1 Remote I O station Remote net Add mode Ver 1 Intelligent device station Ver 2 Remote device station Ver 2 Intelligent device station
5. Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit C Melsec QBFIPARAM cclink ccl 73 5 Utility Operations Selects a target module for other station monitor Initial value Slot 1 Selecting range 1 Slot 8 Slot Start I O No Displays the start I O No of the CC Link module selected in the Target module field Displays a Sta No 0 64 and station type Master station or Local station and operation mode For the details of Operation mode refer to Section 5 4 2 1 a Operation mode Opens the All Stations view window All Stations view For details refer to 2 All Stations view window No ip tae the No of station connected staNo pispays Sta No Displays reserved station information Reserved station information For details refer to c Details on reserved station Displays error invalid station information Error invalid station information For details refer to d Details on error invalid station Displays station types Station type For details refer to a Details on station type Displays the No of occupied station Display range 1 Station occupied 4 Station Occupied No occupied Displays the conditions of a station modules Status For details refer to b Details on states Displays the status of each module s transient error Transient error For details refer to
6. Folder Include Make New Folder 7 Reference the folder where the include file is stored in the dialog box to select a directory 1 When using bus interface function 2 Select a folder storing QbfFunc32 h QbfFunc32 h is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it When using MELSEC data link function Select a folder storing Mdfunc h Mbfunc h is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 8 Add include at the start of a program 1 When bus interface functions are used Add include lt QbfFunc32 h gt at the start of a program 2 When MELSEC data link functions are used Add include lt Mdfunc h gt at the start of a program 154 6 Functions and Programming 2 When specifying library files Microsoft Visual Studio 1 Open the project to make and select View Property Manager menu Designer Shift F7 E E R Solution Explorer Ctri Alt L h Team Explorer Ctrl 4 Ctrl M Za Server Explorer Ctri Alt 5S 1 The configuration of menu may differ depending on F gt ees r development setting and custom setting Error List CtriWw Ctrl E Start Page Toolbox Ctri Alt x Other Windows Toolba
7. Blue External power supply available 112 5 Utility Operations i Each station network type status Displays consistency between the network type set to the control station and the one set to normal stations The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Each station network type status Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No ooo ft fT Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Each station network type status Same as Master station E Different from Master station ae Supported Supported Item Description OK Closes Bach station network type status window on eae SW0040 SB0044 ae Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 Self station information SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB005A SW0046 Displays consistency between the network type set to the control station and the one set to normal stations using the following colors SW01E0 Light blue Normal station reserved station and Each station network type status P communication fault station having the same SW01E3 network type as the control station Normal station having a network type different from that of the control station 113 5 Utility Operations 5 5 5 Operating the Online Operation Window This window is used to read w
8. Make the toggle switch on the MELSECWinCPU module B STOP gt B RUN and check if the status of the Refer to MELSECWinCPU MELSECWinCPU module is changed to RUN B RUN LED Module User s Manual lighted ON Hardware Design Function Explanation Check the operating condition whether or Refer to 5 3 not an error exists etc using the Module Information screen and the Module Monitor screen in the MELSECWinCPU Setup utility Access a CPU module of another device from the Refer to 5 3 9 5 6 Communication Diagnosis window in the MELSECWinCPU Setup utility or from the Device Monitor utility and check that you can access that CPU module Whether or not an error occurs a To the previous page Yes Perform startup procedure 5 when using CC Link System eforta 1G Perform startup procedure 6 when using MELSECNET H Refer to 6 System Create and debug a user program using Visual C Refer to Chapter6 Visual Basic and then execute that program on the MELSECWinCPU module 24 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 5 Startup procedure when a CC Link network system is built Before the following startup procedure perform setup procedure 2 u R ECWinCPU module
9. 10 Select Additional Dependencies Click wt and select lt Edit gt 11 In Additional Dependencies dialog box Enter the library file names shown as follows When using bus interface function QBFFunc32 lib When using MELSEC data link function MdFunc32 lib 158 6 Functions and Programming 6 4 Programming Procedures The following shows the procedures of programming with bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions The procedures assume that SW1PNC WCPU B has already been installed 1 Turn power on and start MELSECWinCPU module Are utilities set 2 Set the utilities fF daw Refer to chapter 5 Change settings 3 Make settings to use functions g Refer to 6 3 Refer to 6 4 1 6 4 2 Ahea ut te For details about the functions refer to the HELP section for data link functions in SW1PNC WCPU B 4 Use functions to create a user application 5 Start the created user application 6 Access programmable controller CPU and other modules 7 End the user application 159 6 Functions and Programming 6 4 1 Using Bus Interface Function The 1 following shows the procedures of programming with bus interface functions Programming outline The following figure shows an outline of programming process using bus interface functions START Open a bus QBF_Open
10. 16384 20479 40001 Errors detected by the access target CPU 4FFFu A request that cannot be processed was received Not executable during running The specified device type does not exist a 164338 The specified device No is out of range 40311 Block No of the specified device is invalid 16448 The module does not exist 40409 16449 The No of device points is out of range 40411 16450 Corresponding module error 40421 16451 The module does not exist at the specified location 40431 Network No Sta No is incorrect 18944 4A00n not exist 19200 The target error was detected 4B00n 19201 The target is not the bus master CPU 4B01 19208 Unsupported path error 4B03 Other network No was specified but routing parameter did The request cannot execute through the specified path Actions Refer to the user s manual of the access target CPU module Change the request destination Execute when the CPU s execution status is stop Check the specified device type Check the specified device No Check the block No device type of the specified device Check if the specified device and block No are effective in the target Do not issue a request that generated an error to the specified special function module Check the head address and No of access points Access the devices within the existing range Check if the specified module is operating nor
11. 4 Various settings are specified on utilities MELSECWinCPU setting utilities allows easily specifying I O assignment and multiple CPU settings etc The utilities also allow specifying and executing parameters of CC Link utility and MELSECNET H modules and device monitoring of accessing target system Fli MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting m LED information ia RDY CC Link utility Target module 1 Slot Start 1 0 No Device Monitor New Device monitor lt lt Data Format The Channel Information in the Current Display Screen Performs the settings and monitoring by using each utility 5 Supports Hyper Threading function Feature Your benefit Intel Atom Processor N450 1 66GHz on Q1OWCPU W1 CPU processing performance will get higher and the supports Hyper Threading technology You can enable the performance of your application is expected to get function and use it higher as well 13 2 System Configuration 2 System Configuration This section describes system configuration accessible modules and operating environment 2 1 System Configuration 1 System configuration when installing The following summarizes system configuration required for installation of SW1PNC WCPU B Monitor CRT L
12. For a module of which switch setting is not specified in I O assignment setting of parameters switch setting was specified 1 For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000H OOF Fu 03E0u 03E3 239 8 Actions against Errors Error Error code Error description Action information 2107 2108 Module No i ale Two ore more QI60s are mounted on single CPU system Two or more QI61 A1SI61 only eN programmable controller CPU are mounted on a same control CPU of multiple CPU system Two or more A1SI61s are mounted in the multiple CPU system Five or more MELSECNET H modules are mounted on multiple CPU system in total Five or more Q series Ethernet modules are mounted on multiple CPU system in total Five or more MELSECNET H modules are Module No mounted Five or more Q series Ethernet modules are mounted In the MELSECNET H network system an identical network No and or Sta No exist Start X Y specified by I O assignment Module No parameter overlaps with start X Y of other modules Network module for A2UCPU A18J71LP21 A1SJ71BR11 A1SJ71LR21 A1SJ71AP21 A1SJ71AR21 A1SJ71AT21B is mounted Network module for Q2AS A1SJ71QLP21 S A1SJ71QBR11 A1SJ71QLR21
13. Please set the total of the Remote station points as In the station information setting specify a value which is smaller becoming to 8192 points or less than or equal to 8192 as the total No of points for remote station The number of remote device stations exceeds the Change the No of remote device station modules specified in the maximum number of set stations station information setting to be within 42 Please set the number within 42 stations The logical station No setting value is wrong Specify a setting value of logical Sta No within the range of 65 239 Please input a value within the range 65 239 276 8 Actions against Errors 3 Error message for the MELSECNET H utility The following table shows error messages and corresponding actions for the MELSECNET H utility Error message The setting value for the maximum number of transients for one station is greater than the setting value for the maximum number of transients in one scan Correct the setting so that the maximum transient counts per Please input values so that the setting value for the module becomes smaller than or equal to that per scan maximum number of transients for one station is the maximum number of transients in 1 scan The setting value for the maximum number of transients f ae ose Specify the maximum transient counts per station within the for one station is outside the range p Ke range of 1 10 Please input a value wi
14. fuexsecwinceu Setting Utility Start MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility fus Interface Function HELP Start Bus Interface Function HELP 4 3 Uninstalling This section describes uninstallation of SW1PNC WCPU B 1 Always uninstall from Control Panel 2 Before uninstalling you should save all the parameters set in MELSECWinCPU to any files After uninstalling all the parameters set in MELSECWinCPU will be erased 3 After uninstalling you should restart MELSECWinCPU and reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B If you did not reinstall drivers would not work in order 35 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 4 3 1 Uninstalling About the uninstallation of SW1PNC WCPU B Control Panel Ele gdt View Favorites Tools Help O O B Paws Dre Address Control Panel g Control Panel z Picka category amp Appearance and 29 Printers and Other E Themes S Hardware E Switch to Classic View lows Update OD ee es letwork and Interne Help and Support D tners ara User Accounts Other Control Panel Options Add or Remove Date Time Language gj Sounds Speech and a J Audio Devices Accessibility Options w Performance and security center Maintenance E Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs E Show updates Sort by Name ly EE Intel Graphics Media Accelerator Driver Size 14 0568 ig MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package To change this program or remove it
15. setting Sets the last among stations to which points are equally assigned End station Initial value vacant setting range Start station setting Total No of stations setting Sets the No of the first among link devices to which points are equally assigned passe fi value vacant setting range Refer to 1 a Network coverage assignment setting range Sets the total No of points for link devices to which points are equally assigned Initial value vacant setting range Refer to 1 a Network coverage assignment setting range M station lt L station equal Sets the method for LX 1 or LX 2 equal assignment assignment Sets items the same way as in M station gt L station equal assignment 1 Total No of stations is set from Network coverage assignment on the Parameter setting window For more details on this refer to 1 Parameter setting window 123 5 Utility Operations 5 Supplementary setting window The supplementary setting is used for more detailed operation Normally use it by default Supplementary setting Specification of low speed cyclic transmission Constant scan Maximum No of returns to system stations in 1 scan There is a data link through the V sub controlling station when the controlling station is down Secured data send Secured data receive Transient setting
16. 7 Accessible Range and Devices 2 Other Sta access The following Access target CPUs from 1 to 7 are used for description Q2ACPUCS1 Q3ACPU Q4ACPU Q4ARCPU Q2ASCPUCSL Q2ZASHCPU S1 QOOJCPU QOOCPU QO1CPU Q02 H CPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q02PHCPU Q06PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU QO0UJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU Q03UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU QO6UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT 7 Personal computer CC Link board intelligent device station MELSECWinCPU module CC Link module 198 7 Accessible Range and Devices Device type Accessibility Device Used function Device name specification Batch DevX M DevM ao Batch Special M SM SB DevSM Bath DevF T contact DevTT a Batch T coil DevTC C contact DevCT Random C coil DevCC Random T current value DevTN Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 199 7 Accessible Range and Devices Device type Used function Device name specification DIA Ioe eo Erg C current value x Ra ea Special D SD SW E pts _fofofotabe T setting value main ea x x x Bauch a SAEs T setting value sub 1 Random Te T setting value sub 2 Eer fe T setting value
17. CPU side Ea Intelli module side a Interrupt event Interrupt event start No No of module Ooo o y Start 1 0 No Oo i y Sets the start No of the interrupt notification event to be generated by an interrupt Interrupt event start No from the intelligent function module Initial value None setting range 50 255 Sets the No of the interrupt notification events to be generated by an interrupt from Interrupt event No of module the intelligent function module Initial value None setting range 1 16 Sets the start I O No of the intelligent function module Initial value None setting range 00001 OFFO0un 3E00un 3E30n Sets the start SI No interrupt factor No of the intelligent function module Initial value none setting range 0 15 Checks whether or not the setting is correct Saves the setting and closes the Intelligent function module interrupt event setting window Closes the Intelligent function module interrupt event setting window without saving the settings 1 An interrupt event is an interrupt notification event generated by an interrupt from the intelligent function module The next page shows interrupt event No and interrupt factors 52 5 Utility Operations Interrupt Interrupt factor event No Second point Third point Fourth point Seventh point F S E dii Ninth point Ninth point Tenth point irst point ifth point ixth point
18. Random Batch ie x eo ie Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x Random Batch x x Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 208 7 Accessible Range and Devices Deviee type Used function Device name specification 1 3 16 Special direct buffer register DevSPG 0 DevSPG 255 x x x fx x Random Other Sta buffer memory DevRBM x Random Other Sta random access buffer DevRAB x Random Other Sta RX DevRX x Random Other Sta RY DevRY x Random Other Sta link register DevRW x Random Other Sta SB DevSB x link special B for CC Link Random Other Sta SW DevSW x link special W for CC Link Random DevSPB1 Machine No 1 EE DevSPB2 Machine No 2 Batel CPU shared memory DevSPB3 Machine No 3 x DevSPB4 Machine No 4 Random x O Accessible x Not Accessible 209 8 Actions against Errors 8 Actions against Errors This chapter provides troubleshooting information including information on various errors return values error codes of bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions and available actions 8 1 Basis on Troubleshooting Before starti
19. SB0064 ES ae Displays the communication mode of your own Sta Transmission mode f SB0068 SW0068 Display range Normal mode Constant link scan XXms 1 Displays multiplex transmission specified for your own Sta Duplex transmission setting Display range Normal transmission Multiplex SB0069 transmission 2 Displays the multiplex transmission status of for your own Sta Duplex transmission status Display range Normal transmission in progress Multiplex SBOO6A transmission in progress 2 Displays the transmission speed of your own Sta Transmission speed Display range 10Mbps 25Mbps Control station information Displays the specified control station in the MELSECNET H module Displays the current control station in the MELSECNET H module Present control station network SW0056 Assign control station network SW0057 0 is displayed when the control station does not operate normally 0 is displayed when the control station does not operate normally Displays communication information of the MELSECNET H ae network Transmission information oo SB0056 Display range Control station communication Sub control station communication Displays communication of the sub control station in the Sub control station me MELSECNET H network SB0058 transmission Display range Have None Block1 Displays the St
20. e Details on transient error Displays Extended cyclic setting Extended cyclic setting 1 Display range Equimultiple setting Twice setting Four time setting Eight time setting Remote station points Displays the No of remote station points Starts monitor Start monitor Changes to the Stop monitor button when monitoring with blinking in the upper right of the Stop monitor button Stops monitor Changes to the Start monitor button when monitoring is stopped 1 Not displayed if Remote net Ver 1 Mode is selected for a target module s operation mode Stop monitor 74 5 Utility Operations a Details on the station Details on the station type is as follows Display Ver 1 Remote I O station Remote I O station without cyclic point extension Ver 1 Remote device station Remote device station without cyclic point extension Ver 1 Intelligent device station Intelligent device station without cyclic point extension Ver 2 Remote device station Remote device station with cyclic point extension Ver 2 Intelligent device station Intelligent device station with cyclic point extension b Details on states Details on states is as follows c Details on reserved station Details on reserved station is as follows Display Reserved station An error invalid station is set PWN setting d Details on error invalid station Details on error invalid statio
21. 5 3 3 Operating the Module Monitor Window ccccecsessecescesecesseeseceseceseeseseeseesseeeseenesenseeens 46 5 3 4 Operating the Online Operation Window cccccessessscessceseeeecseceseceseeeseceeeeseeeseesesens 49 5 3 5 Operating the System Setting Window ccecsecsccssceseeessceeecsseeeseceeceseeeseeeaeeeeseseeaees 50 5 3 6 Operating the I O Assignment Setting Window ccccceseeseeescesseesseeeeceseseeesseeeeeeeseeees 54 5 3 7 Operating the Multiple CPU Setting Window cccceeccescesecesseseeceseceseeeeeeeeeseenseeeaeens 58 5 3 8 Operating the Target Setting WiIndOW cccccccceseessesscceseceeeesecneccseeaeceeseseessseeeeseseeeas 60 5 3 9 Operating the Communication Diagnostics Window cccccccsesseesteesseeseceseeeseeeseeeseeees 61 5 3 10 Operating the System Menu seii cccceceesscssscsseeseceeceseeesseseceseceseessecesecsseseseeeseceseesseeeasens 62 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters ccceeceeseees 63 5 4 OS ET Wissen rel uta d edt aieiel tna late dtnnas a eds mules Sots a e lta carne r a 66 5 4 1 CC Link Utility Function List a A a e O 66 5 4 2 Operating the Module Information Window cccccccscssscesseeseeeeccsseceseeeseeeeeesseeeseeneeens 67 5 4 3 Operating the Other Station Monitor WindowW cccccccccsscssseesseeeeceseceseeeseceeeesseesseeneeens 73 5 4 4 Operating the Online Operation Window ccceccessessscessceseeeseee
22. AZUCPUCS1 A2USCPU S1 AZUSHCPU S1 Q02 H CPU A QO6HCPU A 4 IA3NCPU A38ACPU A8UCPU Q2ACPUC S1 Q3ACPU Q4ACPU Q4ARCPU Q2ASCPUCSD Q2ZASHCPUCSL QO0JCPU QO0CPU QO1CPU Q02 H CPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q02PHCPU Q06PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU QO0UJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU Q06UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU QO3UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU Q06UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU Personal computer MELSECNET H board MELSECWinCPU module MELSECNET H module a eel ee sits Device name specification aise cies X DevX x Random Y DevY Random L DevL Random M DevM Random Special M SM SB DevSM Random F DevF Random T contact DevTT Random T coil DevTC Random C contact DevCT Random C coil DevCC Random T current value DevTN Random O Accessible x Not Accessible x 206 7 Accessible Range and Devices Devi Device type Dr Accessibility evice sed function Device name specification 7 Batch C current value DevCN Random DevD Random Special D SD SW DevSD Random pach ololfololo T setting value main DevTM Random x x x x x o o o T setting value sub 1 DevTS x x Random x x x Pal T setting value sub 2 DevTS2 x x x x Random x ol T setting value sub 3 DevTS3 x x x x Random x O OoO O O 0 C setting value main
23. Inherited values CInstallDirjlib CInstallDir atlmFc lib WindowsSdkDirjlib FrameworkSDKDir lib M Inherit from parent or project defaults To the next page 4 In lt User property sheet gt Property Pages dialog box select lt Common properties gt VC Directories 5 Select Library directories Click and select lt Edit gt 6 In Library Directories dialog box click Lex then click LJ 156 6 Functions and Programming From the previous pages 4 Select Directory 7 Reference the folder where the library file is stored in the FTT dialog box to select a directory G CcLINK E G MNETH Param 1 When using bus interface function 5 FTL Help i Select a folder storing QBFFunc32 lib Include cn Sample QBFFunc32 lib is stored under the following Qin folder in CD ROM drive Folder Lib lt CD ROM drive gt lt Lib gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 2 When using MELSEC data link function Select a folder storing MdFunc lib Mdfunc lib is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Lib gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 4 To the next page 157 6 Functions and Programming From the previous pages 4 rosoft Visual Studio Add Class Class Wizard Add Resource Add New Item Add E
24. Online operation arget setting Test Modules 2 No of modules Blank No setting Target module f Slot Default Check Start 1 0 No Operational setting T M ter stati Input data for the error station v 0000 ype aster station ain Gas Mode Remote net Ver 1 mode v Case of CPU STOP setting Expanded cyclic setting Refresh C Clear compulsorily Occupied number Other setting Station information setting Allconnect count 2 v Clear ae No Station Type setting 171 Remote 1 0 station x Remote 1 0 station ee xclusive station 1 Device monitor Load file Save file Help i C Melsec QBF PARAMicclink ccl Item Description Sets the No of CC Link utility to be managed by the MELSECWinCPU module Modules If vacant is selected none is set the setting cleared Initial value vacant setting range 1 8 vacant Selects a target module to be set Initial value 1 setting range 1 8 Target module For the details of No assigned to this item refer to 1 a No to be assigned to target modules Sets the start I O No of a CC Link utility Start I O No Setting range 0000n OFE0u Note that the above start I O No cannot overlap the ones set to other CC Link utility 18 5 Utility Operations Default Sets the operation setting and station information setting parameters to default values Checks that the settings are correct Operational set
25. Random x x x x x ofofo C setting value sub 1 DevCS x x Random x x x Batch C setting value sub 2 DevC2 Random Batch C setting value sub 3 DevC3 Random Batch DevA Random Batch DevZ Random Batch V index register DevV Random Batch R file register DevR Random Batch ZR extension file register DevZR Random Batch ER extension file register DevER 0 DevER 256 Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 1 Cannot access AZACPU S1 AAUSHCPU S1 or Q02 H CPU A 2 Cannot access QOOJCPU 207 7 Accessible Range and Devices Device type Device Device name specification Own Sta random access buffer Retentive timer current value Q QnA link special relay within the Q QnACPU Retentive timer contact Retentive timer coil Q QnA link special register within the Q QnACPU Q QnA edge relay within the Q QnACPU Own Sta link register for sending Own Sta link register for receiving Own Sta buffer memory Direct link input DevLX 1 DevLX 255 other Sta side Direct link output DevLY 1 DevLY 255 other Sta side Direct link relay DevLB 1 DevLB 255 other Sta side Direct link register DevLW 1 DevLW 255 other Sta side Direct link special relay DevLSB 1 DevLSB 255 other Sta side Direct link special register DevLSW 1 DevLSW 255 other Sta side Accessibility Used function w w Batch O
26. Start I O No 16 0000n OOF Fu 03E0u 03E3u 241 8 Actions against Errors Error Error code i i Error description information In the multiple CPU system a module No other than No 1 is specified for the control Module No CPU of which target is an intelligent function module incompatible with the multiple CPU system On multiple CPU system an intelligent function module controlled by other machine is specified by interrupt point of parameter Vacant slot points for parameters are not set within the available range of the MELSECWinCPU module Parameter 3001 X Parameter data has been destroyed o N On multiple CPU system the No of CPU Parameter 3010 modules specified by parameter is different o from actual No of mounted modules On multiple CPU system settings of multiple Parameter 3012 X CPU are different from that of reference o machine the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Action Change the module to an intelligent function module compatible with the multiple CPU system functionality module version B or later Change the module No of the control CPU to Module No 1 2200 o parameter file is set Set a parameter file Parameter 3000 No In interruption event setting of parameters specify the start I O No of the intelligent function module controlled by this MELSECWinCPU
27. 1 514 CONTROL BUS ERR occurred Treats error code 1413 1414 1415 1416 1 02024 516 18 MODULE VERIFY ERR occurred Treats error code 2000 0204p 5 FUSE BREAK OFF occurred Treats error code 1300 02069 1 For more details on method refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions 265 8 Actions against Errors Event ID Error description HEX 519 SP MODULE DOWN occurred Treats error code 1401 1403 0207n 520 CONTROL BUS ERR occurred Treats error code 1412 Treats error code 2100 2103 2106 2107 5 SP MODULE LAY ERR occurred 2108 2120 2121 2122 2124 2125 2126 02091 2150 1 5 Treats error code 3000 3001 3010 3012 PARAMETER ERROR occurred 020An 3014 1 Perform an action corresponding to the error 5 An error occurred during initialization of the module 2 code which is indicated in the event 020BH information 5 A CPU module built in battery error occurred Treats error code 1600 020E 5 MULTIPLE CPU DOWN occurred Treats error code 7000 7002 1 0210 5 MULTI EXE ERROR occurred Treats error code 7010 0211 5 MULTIPLE CPU ERROR occurred Treats error code 7020 0212 5 5 5 21 22 23 26 28 H 29 30 31 SP PARAMETER ERROR occurred Treats error code 3300 3301 3302 3303 0213n 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 I O INT ERROR occurred Treats error code 1310 0215 5 PS ERROR occurred Treats error co
28. 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions Check the available capacity of the save destination Check the save destination media Failed to save the parameter file Respecify the save destination so that the total characters of Please confirm the destination to save the location name and the file name should be up to 128 Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character The project name has not been entered Specify the intended project name Please enter the project name i Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have Failed to open the Help file i been failed Parameters are not accessible at the moment since E i ae Retry after that utility the MELSECWinCPU setting utility the CC Link utility or the MELSECNET H utility completes reading writing and or verifying parameters parameter reading writing is in execution by another utility Please wait for a while and reexecute The Start I O No setting of intelligent function module interrupts pointer setting is mismatch because the count of CPU station is changed is multiple CPU setting Please change the count of CPU in multiple CPU setting or the Start I O No of intelligent function Concurrent activations of the MELSECWinCPU The MELSECWinCPU setting utility is already operating setting utility is limited up to 1 Retry after exiting the operating MELSECWinCPU setting Change either the No of
29. Error Code area the items corresponding to the occurred errors and alerts are changed from E white to red in the Error Information area and the Alert information area of the Module Information screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility For only error items logged by Event Viewer you can see detailed information in the viewer Only errors that do not already exist are registered with Event Viewer BAT LED on the front panel of the MELSECWinCPU module lights up not ERR LED The No of times of detection of immediate power outages can be confirmed by the QBF_ReadStatusEx function Detection of immediate power outage including update of the No of detection is not performed while the MELSECWinCPU module is detecting power supply errors This detection can be disabled by specifying it in Error check of the System Setting screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility The operating state of CPU at detection of an error can be changed to Continue by specifying it in Operating mode when there is an error of the System Setting screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility The operating state of CPU at detection of an error can be changed to Continue by specifying it in H W error time CPU operating mode of the I O Module amp Intelligent Function Module Detailed Setting screen which is accessible from the I O Assignment Setting screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Whether to stop the multiple CPU system or not
30. No 652 Network No 1 4 Sta No 4 Target CPU 1 aa MELSECNET H Target setting list Logical Sta No TapetoPU a Charge aaa Delete Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit New 126 5 Utility Operations Target module Target setting list Select the module to be set Initial value 1 slot setting range 1 slot 4 slot Specify the Logical Sta No of the module selected in Target module Initial value 65 setting range 65 239 Sets the network No of the MELSECNET H module controlled by the multiple CPU system Initial value 1 setting range 1 239 Sets the Sta No of the MELSECNET H module controlled by the multiple CPU system Initial value 1 setting range 1 120 Sets the target CPU which is being accessed CPU No of multiple CPU system Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Registers the setting contents Logical sta Network No Sta No Target CPU in the list of external devices Displays a list of the Logical Sta No set to the module selected in Target module and the corresponding Sta No and target CPUs Displays the data in the row Logical Sta No selected in the Target setting list in the Logical Sta No area The same operation is performed when the line being changed is double clicked Deletes the line Logical Sta No selected in the Target setting list 1 The Logical Sta No is a logical No specified as t
31. Please consult your retailer returned from the destination module 7002 Module No Remove the CPU module incompatible with the Ina multiple CPU system a CPU module multiple CPU system from the main base unit incompatible with the multiple CPU system Or replace the CPU module with a CPU module is mounted compatible with the multiple CPU system On multiple CPU system a faulty CPU is mounted Ina multiple CPU system a CPU module Replace faulty machines incompatible with the multiple CPU system Replace it with a CPU module compatible with is mounted the multiple CPU system 7010 Module No This error is detected by a CPU module Do not reset a high performance model QCPU of compatible with the multiple CPU system Module No 2 to 4 Reset the CPU module of On multiple CPU system Module No 2 to 4 Module No 1 and relaunch the multiple CPU was reset with the power turned on system This error is detected by a module of which reset was cleared CPU failure occurred on CPU of a machine with no System halt selected on operation oye Module No ilmode of multiple CPU system Check a CPU error of CPU failure and remove the An error was detected on a CPU module oe which does not actually have any failures MELSECWinCPU module is shutdown Turn power off gt on condition Reset Module No 1 MELSECWinCPU module was removed Check if MELSECWinCPU module is mounted from the base unit when
32. T current value DevTN Random C current value DevCN Random DevD Random Special D SD SW DevSD Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 192 Device T setting value main T setting value sub 1 T setting value sub 2 T setting value sub 3 C setting value main C setting value sub 1 C setting value sub 2 C setting value sub 3 E a V index register R file register ZR extension file register ER extension file register Q QnA link special relay within the Q QnACPU 7 Accessible Range and Devices Used function Programmable controller CPU O Accessible x Not Accessible Device type Device name specification DevTS3 DevER 0 DevER 256 193 7 Accessible Range and Devices Access target Device type Device A ye Used function Programmable controller Device name specification CPU Retentive timer contact DevSTT Retentive timer coil DevSTC QnA link special register within the va a 3 DevQSW Q QnACPU QnA edge relay within the va g 4 DevQV Q QnACPU Own Sta random access buffer DevMRB Retentive timer current value DevSTN Own Sta link register for sending Own Sta link register for receiving Own Sta buffer memory DevSPB Direct link input other Sta side DevLX 1 DevLX 255 Direct link output other Sta side DevLY 1 DevLY 255 Direct link relay other Sta side DevLB 1 DevLB 255 Direct link reg
33. guaranteed ii was stopping Access the Own Sta s link device when data link not in progress Check the status of the process request destination 28151 APS No error f N Change the module at the process request 92094 Invalid response data was received es destination Retry WDT error Reboot the system 1 me Watchdog timer WDT error occurred reset the CC Link card Watchdog Timer error Restart the personal computer 91034 The target module is down do troubleshooting of the error Target CPU abnormal start error 28414 ks _ Check the operation state of the target CPU and Processing was requested to a CPU which is not operating 91021 do troubleshooting of the error properly Target CPU critical error y 28415 Check the operation state of the target CPU and Processing was requested to a CPU on which a serious 91011 do troubleshooting of the error error occurs Target CPU not mounted error 28416 zs Check the mount state of the target CPU Processing was requested by specifying the CPU No ofa i 91009 wea Change the specified CPU No CPU which is not mounted Intelligent function module offline error 28625 2 Check the mode state of the intelligent function Access was tried to the intelligent function module which i 902Fu fi module and access in the online mode is offline 28626 Control data error on ine Check the specified control data 902E The spe
34. in the table indicates the following operations Batch Batch writing mdSend Batch reading mdReceive Random Random writing mdRandW Random reading mdRandR Bit set mdDevSet Bit reset mdDevRst 2 BitSet mdDevSet function and BitReset mdDevRst function can access bit devices only 3 CPU shared memory is accessible only when the multiple CPU setting is made 1 Own machine access Accessible devices at the time of own machine access is as follows Device type Used Access target Device name specification function Own machine MELSECWinCPU module Device DevSPB1 No 1 machine DevSPB2 No 2 machine DevSPB3 No 3 machine IDevSPB4 No 4 machine High speed communication area between multiple CPU 1 For more details on Data Communication Via programmable controller Shared Memory refer to 6 8 Data CPU shared memory Random O Accessible x Not Accessible Communication Via programmable controller Shared Memory 191 7 Accessible Range and Devices 2 Other machine access Accessible devices at the time of other machine access is as follows Access target Device type Device f NEES Used function Programmable controller Device name specification X DevX Random Y DevY Random CPU DevL Random DevM Random Special M SM SB DevSM Random F DevF Random T contact DevTT Random T coil DevTC Random C contact DevCT Random C coil DevCC Random
35. k 1 Set WDT for the user program Set WDT and start it 1 QBF_StartWDT Monitor the hardware runaway events and exceeded processing time of the user program If such monitoring is not required this can be omitted Use the bus interface function to control modules Retrieve MELSECWinCPU module information QBF_ReadStatusEx Yes error occurred Has an error occurred No Normal Error notification Reset WDT 1 QBF_ResetWDT Stop WDT 1 QBF_StopWDT Close the bus QBF_Close END 160 6 Functions and Programming 2 Notes on using bus interface functions Notes on programming a When you use bus interface functions you should not use global variable or static variable as the arguments for bus interface functions 3 Using the watchdog timer WDT WDT watchdog timer The WDT is used as a timer for an MELSECWinCPU module to detect hardware faults and program errors in the MELSECWinCPU module The WDTs for MELSECWinCPU modules are divided into two types system WDT and user WDT a System WDT The WDT is used as a timer for an MELSECWinCPU module to detect hardware faults and program errors in the personal computer CPU module The WDTs for MELSECWinCPU modules are divided into two types system WDT and user WDT When the system WDT causes a time out the system reacts as follows 1 All the outputs of the MELSECWinCPU module are turned off
36. more than one window cannot be displayed at the same time Only one help window can be displayed While a help window is displayed if another help window is started the one started first shall be closed so that the one started later can be displayed 39 5 Utility Operations 5 1 4 Verifying the version The following explains how to verify the utility version 1 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility To verify the version information for the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility select Version from system menu For more details on this please refer to 5 3 10 Operating the System Menu 2 CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility To verify the version information for the CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility select Version from system menu For more details on CC Link Utility please refer to 5 4 8 Operating the System Menu For more details on MELSECNET H Utility please refer to 5 5 8 Operating the System Menu 3 Device Monitor Utility To check the Device Monitor utility s version a Operation Click on Version in Help on the menu bar to open the Device Monitor Utility window Click b Version information window Device Monitor Utility Device Monitor Utility 2011 06 16 Copyright C 2001 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved Device Monitor Utility Displays the date of the Device Monitor Utility Closes the Version Information window 40 5 Utility Op
37. o ARARBAHA AE Device monitor Load file Save file New 98 5 Utility Operations PA A Supported Supported Item Description SB SW Selects a target MELSECNET H module for error history Target module monitoring Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Displays Clear error history window Clear error history For more details on this refer to 2 Clear of error history window window Starts monitoring MELSECNET H modules Start monitor Changes to the button when monitoring with blinking in the upper right of the Stop monitor button Stops monitoring MELSECNET H modules Stop monitor TOS Changes to the button when monitoring is stopped Self station information Displays start I O No of your own Sta Start I O No Display range 00001 OFEOn Displays network No of your own Sta Network No f SW0040 Display range 1 239 Displays the group No of your own Sta Group No TA NE SW0041 Display range 0 32 Displays the Sta No of your own Sta Sta No i SW0042 Display range 1 64 Displays network of MELSECNET H module Display range MELSECNET H extension loop MELSECNET H extension bus MELSECNET H loop SW0046 SBO0057 SBO05A MELSECNET H bus MELSECNET 10 loop MELSECNET 10 bus Displays type of your own Sta Type en N SB0044 Display range control station normal station Loop
38. 2 Writes data to the user free area in the CPU shared memory of the MELSECWinCPU by executing the QBF_ToBuf function 3 Reads data from the user free area in the programmable controller CPU onto a user program by executing the QBF_FromBuf function The above is an example of operation using S TO Command and FROM Command in a high performance model QCPU For operations without using the automatic refresh setting on the programmable controller CPU side refer to the manual for each CPU module 180 6 Functions and Programming 6 9 Event Notify Function This section describes a function that notify events from programmable controller CPU to user program on MELSECWinCPU module using MELSECWinCPU module special instruction S P GINT Special programmable controller instruction for MELSECWinCPU module Interrupt instruction on MELSECWinCPU module S P GINT Available devices Setting Internal device MELSECNET 10 H Index i i Special module data System user Direct JONG register O Specifiable Not specifiable 1 For a high performance model QCPU indexes can be added 2 For a basic model QCPU indexes can be added Instruction Execution symbol condition Command seam F H SPGINT Command coor g sam Setting data Setting data Settings Data format Start I O No of applicable CPU 16 Actual values to be specified are as follows BIN16 bit Module No 1 3E0u Module No 2 3E1n Module No
39. 2 The RDY LED B RUN LED goes out and the ERR LED blinks on the front panel of the MELSECWinCPU module 3 On the Module Information window of MELSECWinCPU setting utility the system WDT error of error information turns from E white to E red b User WDT The WDT is a timer used for monitoring by the user application to detect problems with user applications The user WDT time is set and reset by using the QBF function in the user application Given below are examples of using the user WDT 1 Turn OFF all the outputs of the MELSECWinCPU module 2 The B RUN LED goes out and the ERR LED blinks on the front panel of the MELSECWinCPU module 3 On the Module Information window of MELSECWinCPU setting utility the system WDT error of error information turns from E white to E red 161 6 Functions and Programming How to use Given below are examples of using the user WDT 1 When the user WDT and communication control consist of a single application User program START Open a bus QBF_Open Set WDT and start it QBF_StartWDT Use the bus interface function to control modules Retrieve MELSECWinCPU module information QBF_ReadStatusEx a Handle errors if any Reset WDT QBF_ResetWDT Caution Set the user WDT time to a value equal to or greater than the maximum value of processing time in a The processing time in a is influenced by the operating s
40. Administrator user Does the target environment Prepare environment corresponding correspond to the operating to the operating environment environment of described in 2 3 Operating SW1PNC WCPU B Environment Restart the MELSECWinCPU module and then retry installation Refer to 4 1 1 Consult your local system service Was installation completed desk or agency of Mitsubishi successfully Electric Corporation 215 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 4 Flow when ERR LED lights blinks This section describes the flow which should be performed when ERR LED lights up or blinks at power on starting up of operation or during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system 1 Error in the case of the multiple CPU system configuration On the PC Diagnostic screen of GX Works2 which is connected to the programmable controller CPU or is running on the MELSECWinCPU module check the module No of the CPU in which STOP or CONTINUATION error occurred first and information on the error error code current error and date and time 2 Error in the MELSECWinCPU module this module Perform the flow shown below An abnormal condition has occurred Use Event Viewer of Microsoft Windows to check the error code and error information of the error which has MQbf as source and occurred first after startup of Windows Refer to 8 3 1 2 See 8 4 2 Corrective Actions for Each Event ID to find the corresponding event and per
41. CPU Shared Memory Configuration 0 ccccecsecsscessccsecesseeseceseceseesecesecsseeeeeeeeeseeneees 175 6 8 2 Data Communication When Using Automatic Refresh settings ccceseeseeeseeerees 177 6 8 3 Data Communication Without Using the Automatic Refresh cece eeeeeeseereeeees 180 6 9 Event Notify Punction 207 2 on seats i eee niece eect et ee OR ee nes 181 6 10 About Sample Prooram s 2 2s0cij8 detie ioe ans ate ae i a Late dteess dea he ee 184 6 11 About HELP of Bus Interface Function and MELSEC Data Link Function 6 188 7 Accessible Range and Devices 190 7 1 Multiple CPU Systemi Access cai sates aia ni eats we a a ala e a atid is 190 This Accessible Range senn heal eee allen sn ah ean nhl eae Shahn 190 T2 PCCESSIDIS DEVICES ic cocak iss vie sacesvivass acs ehaseuacelovan tas ago esta aa ee 191 7 2 Access via CC Link Utility sesen eenn e a a ei o a AT ENE 196 F251 SACCESSIDIE RANGE oir 2c E A E a E A een 196 T22 PROCESSIDIC DEVICES eua a a e Ea a E I E E A 197 7 3 Access via MELSECNET H module s ssseeeeeeeseseseeseseesesssseseesesessesesetsessesesessrsesresessrseseeses 203 WIT Accessible RAN GE onies hg SSO ASE Se 203 T32 Accessible IDS VICES 350 0533 oeiala sane talwas Ls plat a e a aioe cman et eE saii 205 8 Actions against Errors 210 8 1 Basis on Troubleshooting nocne enaos iee Sina a e a e aai a E e aani i 210 8 2 Troubleshootn lA E A E Gi ake ai ce 211 8 2 1 Flow when POWER LED
42. Check the operating condition whether or not an error lt Refer to 5 4 exists etc using the Module Information screen and the Monitor Other Stations screen in the CC Link utility Refer to 5 4 7 5 6 Access your own station or another station from the Test screen in the CC Link Setup utility or from the Device Monitor utility and check that you can access either of them Whether or not an error occurs a To the previous page Yes Create and debug a user program using Visual C Refer to Chapter6 Visual Basic and then execute that program on the MELSECWinCPU module End 26 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 6 Startup procedure when a MELSECNET H network system is built Perform startup procedure 2 before the following procedure MELSECWinCPU module 000000 0 2 O E co O H ol HI H From the next page a Set parameters using the MELSECNET H utility Refer ow If the system you want to access is a multi CPU system lt Refer to 5 5 7 make the logical station No setting Write the configured parameters into the MELSECWinCPU module Refer to 5 5 5 Is your own station a single CPU s
43. Communication diagnostics Switch setting 3E00 e 3E10 Detail setting 120 assignment Toan 32points v ai Assigning the 1 0 address is not necessary as the CPU does it Leaving this setting blank will not cause an error to occur Base setting Base mode C Auto Man i Ext Basel Detail 8 slot default 12 slot default Setting should be set as same when using multiple CPU Import multiple CPU parameter Default Device Monitor Load File Save File Help Exit New 54 5 Utility Operations Displays Slot No of the mounted module the module No of the base unit to which the module is mounted and the mounted position in the base unit Sets the module type of the mounted module At the time a multiple CPU system is configured if CPU vacant is set to positions not supported by the MELSECWinCPU module no error is displayed Check that the setting is correctly made 9 Initial value vacant setting range vacant Empty Input Hi input Output I O mix Intelli Interrupt No 1 2 No 4 2 CPU empty 2 Specify I O points when changing a slot s I O points Initial value vacant setting range 0 16 32 48 64 128 256 512 1024 Start XY Specify an I O No when changing a slot s I O No ese Opens the Sw
44. Correct addresses referred to by pointers 2 Reserve the memory area which will be used 222 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 8 Flow when LED of the output module does not light The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when LED of the output module does not light during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system Before starting investigation according to the following flow ensure that B RUN LED of the MELSECWinCPU module lights If it doesn t put the MELSECWinCPU module into the RUN state to turn B RUN LED on LED of the output module does not Perform the troubleshooting Does RDY LED light described in 8 2 2 Yes From the Module Monitor screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility monitor whether OUTPUT Y is ON or not No Reinvestigate the user program Yes No Is the output No correct Change the output No Yes Does the LED oes the No lights up when another output module is forcibly turned on Yes _ Does the LED Consult your local system service lights up when the desk or agency of Mitsubishi output module is replaced Electric Corporation with another one and the new module is forcibly turned on Yes Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 223 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 9 Flow when the output load of the output module does not turn on The following diagram sho
45. Description Paragraph Reading saving a parameter Saves the parameters set by MELSECNET H utility to a file and reads them setup file Displays various types of MELSECNET H module own Sta information Displays module information managed by the MELSECWinCPU module Displays a record of errors that have occurred in MELSECNET H modules This window displays the line status of the other Sta MELSECNET H Other local monitor network stations ee ee writes and compares MELSECNET H parameters eae a Parameter setting of MELSECNET H module Set the Logical Sta No for making access to any CPU module ina multiple CPU system where the MELSECNET H module is installed 90 5 5 2 Operating the Module Information Window 5 Utility Operations This window displays various types of information about the MELSECNET H module own Sta managed by the MELSECWinCPU module It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Module information window 4 MELSECHETAH utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Link device refresh time ms 1 Slot Start I O No 0000 Channel No 51 Network No 1 Group No 0 Sta No 1 Max l Min f Current Stop monitor Typi ontrol station 2 Slot Start 120 No 0020 Channel No Status Disconne
46. Details on error status Details on error status is as follows A CRC error was detected S CRC Error h CRC error was detected 69 5 Utility Operations 2 Module detailed information window Displays CC Link module detail information Module detail information Start 1 0 No Channel No 81 Save SB SW Sta No 0 Master station Mode switch status 0 156kbps Online Data link status Disconnectingllink error Error status Timeout error Module type QJ61BT11 Product Information 92081 0000000000 B Link scan time ms Max 0 Min 0 Curent 0 Displays detailed information of a CC Link module Start I O No Channel No Sta No For display details refer to 1 Module Information window Displays the mode switch status of a CC Link module Mode switch status For details refer to 2 a Details on mode switch status Displays the data link status of a CC Link module Data link status For details refer to 1 b Details on data link status Displays the error status of a CC Link module Error status For details refer to 1 c Details on error status biases Disie the model name of a CC Link module Displays the product information of a CC Link module Product information Serial No and functionality version Displays the maximum minimum current link scan time of a CC Link module Link scan time ms unit rr cee the Module detaile
47. Driver Software Package in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder C MELSEC QBF Cancel 4 To the next page 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 11 When the screen shown at the left is displayed Setup exe has been found Click the button and start the installation If Setup exe was not found click the button and change to the location where D Setup exe exists D described in the above means the drive name of a CD ROM drive Enter the drive name of a CD ROM drive you want to use 12 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the button 13 Specify the installation destination folder The default installation destination folder of SWIPNC WCPU B is C MELSEC QBF To accept the default click the button To change the installation destination folder click the ee 33 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package From the previous page 4 MELSEC WinCPU Driver Software Package Setup 14 The installation will start Installing C Datalink Wer 2 NETVBAD atalink_L vbproj es 21 Remarks While installation following screen may appear Click and continue installation ReadOnly File Detected An option you selected requires that files be installed to your system or files be uninstalled from your system or both A re
48. ET a AET Device Monitor Load File Save File New siot No sets Slot No of a slot to be monitored Initial value 0 setting range 0 63 Start I O No Displays the start I O No of the slot set in the Slot No filed Displays the device No of a device that manages the module mounted on the slot set in the Slot No filed If the MELSECWinCPU module that the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility is connected to is the control CPU is displayed to the right of the module No display Displays the input and output points and type of the module mounted on the slot set in the Slot No filed Displays the point value in the parameter setting I O assignment setting in between brackets Q Starts monitor Changes to the button when monitoring with blinking in the upper right of the button This button is disabled when in offline mode Stop monitor Stops monitoring Changes to the Start monitor button when monitoring is stopped Input gpa the input X status of the slot specified in the Slot No filed in units of words 47 5 Utility Operations Displays the input X status of the slot specified by the slot No in bit units 1 X area 2 8 OFF Displays the output Y status of the slot specified by the slot No in word units Double click on this item to display the Data Input window Enter a value into the Data Input window for fo
49. Error oe Error code _ i Error description Action information cr MELSECWinCPU module is mounted on other Check installation slot of MELSECWinCPU slot than CPU slot or slots 0 though 2 module and install the module on a correct slot 2122 A1SU B is mounted on main base unit Change main base unit into QUB A module was mounted on a slot later than ee Remove modules on slot 65 and later Remove modules mounted on slots later than the A module was mounted on a slot later than y k No specified by base assignment that specified by base allocation 2124 Remove modules mounted on point 4096 and A module was mounted on later point than int ater I O point No 4096 n Replace a last module with one having points A module was mounted across the border of i that does not exceed 4096 I O point of 4096 In multi CPU configuration Windows was Reset CPU No 1 restarted only on the MELSECWinCPU Mount a usable module module Failure of intelligent function module 2125 Module No An unrecognizable module is mounted programmable controller CPU or base unit No response is returned from intelligent Consult your local system service desk or agency function module of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Perform an appropriate action among the CPU modules on multiple CPU system are following configured as the following y For the places to mount CPU modules in the
50. Link parameter err Multi CPU err Refer to lt lt Event viewe Load File the latest error code For details of error codes refer to 8 3 4 According to the current error and or alert the corresponding error item is changed from O white to E red For the mapping between respective error items and errors refer to 8 3 3 8 Actions against Errors 1 To switch to another tab during monitoring stop the monitoring Then restart monitoring when displaying the Module Information tab again 2 It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 2 Event viewer When ERR LED lights up or blinks error information is registered with Event Viewer Refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions for details and actions against the error 1 Starting up event viewer Start up event viewer by the following procedures Select Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Event Viewer to display system log 2 Selecting event An error registered in event viewer is displayed as mqbf in Source on event viewer Select an event with mgbf indication to display details of the event Select an event for which MQbf is displayed first since the last startup of Windows to view details of the event Event Viewer Eile Action View Help e gt mm 2 em Event viewer Local 3 Application 5 Secur
51. MELSECWinCPU module Verify Note Parameter includes System settings O assignment settings multiple CPU settings and Target settings Device Monitor Load File Save File New Read parameter Reads the parameters out of the MELSECWinCPU module Writes the parameters that have been set using the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility into a MELSECWinCPU module The parameters written are enabled when that MELSECWinCPU module has been reset When the above button is clicked on with this checkbox being marked It clears all parameters _ clears before writing new parameters all the parameters including before writing checkbox CC Link utility parameters MELSECNET H module parameters and intelligent function module parameters Verify the parameters set to the MELSECWinCPU module against those set Verify parameter to the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility 1 To write parameters log on as a user with the Administrator attribute The verification result is displayed in the message box 49 5 Utility Operations 5 3 5 Operating the System Setting Window Makes the parameter setting system setting of MELSECWinCPU module Sets system related parameters 1 When a multiple CPU system is configured divert the multiple CPU parameters set in QCPU Q mode Diverting the multiple CPU parameters can prevent inconsistency between the MELSECWinCPU module settings and the settings of each programmable controller CPU 2
52. Maximum No of transients 2 Times in 1 scan Maximum No of transients 2 Times in one station Constant link scan is the function to keep link scan time at a certain level Constant scan It shall be set to avoid fluctuations in link scan time by ms unit Initial value vacant setting range 1 500 vacant Maximum No of returns to Sets the No of communication fault stations that can return during a one link scan system stations in 1 scan Initial value 2 setting range 1 64 Total No of stations setting Sets when performing the multiplex transmission function Multiplex transmission is the function to increase transmission speed by a simultaneously using both main and sub loops when they operate normally in a fiber With multiplex transmission optical loop system This item can be set only when 4 or over are set to the total No of stations setting Initial value No checking Do not execute This item shall be set when using the control station switchover function the function to There is a data link through the T a i make another normal station in the network continue communication as a substitute sub sub controlling station when the ae o control station if the specified control station is disconnected due to failure etc controlling station is down o Initial value Checking Use control switchover function 1 Total No of stations
53. Microsoft Help and Support SA More support options 1 Offline Help 1 Click HELP button 2 Above screen will appear Click the link 3 The page of Microsoft Support Technical Information appears http support microsoft com kb 917607 as of November 2011 Follow its explanation and download Windows HELP program WinHIp32 exe 4 Install the downloaded file 189 7 Accessible Range and Devices 7 Accessible Range and Devices This chapter describes accessible range and accessible devices when MELSEC data link functions are used When MELSEC data link functions are used in the MELSECWinCPU module the following devices cannot be accessed Q QnA SEND function arrival confirmation available and RECV function devices Q QnA SEND function arrival confirmation not available EM shared device ED shared device 7 1 Multiple CPU System Access This section describes accessible range and accessible devices by operation of multiple CPU system access 7 1 1 Accessible Range The accessible range when a multiple CPU system makes access covers only the MELSECWinCPU module your own device and programmable controller CPUs different ID devices in a multiple CPU system MELSECWinCPU module 190 7 Accessible Range and Devices 7 1 2 Accessible Devices This section describes accessible devices under multiple CPU system access operation 1 Batch and Random
54. Module information Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Test Target module 1 slot channel No 51 Logical Sta No 65 4 Sta No 4 Target CPU 1 E CC Link Target setting list Change Delete Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit C Melsec QBF PARAM cclink cel 83 5 Utility Operations Item Description Target setting list Select the module to be set Initial value 1 slot Setting range 1 slot 8 slot Specifies a Logical Sta No to be set to the module selected in the Target module field Initial value 65 setting range 65 239 Sets Sta No of CC Link utility managed by the multiple CPU system Initial value 0 setting range 0 63 Sets target CPUs CPU module No in a multiple CPU system to be accessed Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Register the settings and changes Logical Sta No Sta No target CPU to the target list Displays the Sta No that corresponds to the Logical Sta No set to the module selected in the Target module field as well as the target CPU list Displays the data in the row Logical Sta No selected in the Target setting list in the Logical Sta No area Double clicking the desired row can also change the Logical Sta No area setting Deletes the line Logical Sta No selected in the Target setting list The logical Sta No is a Logical No s
55. No specification error Check the specified Sta No 18558 The destination Sta No for the processing request is When issuing a request to the own station B7821 specifying the own Sta specify 255 OxFF as the Sta No 18560 Module mode setting error A demand place Sta No is improved B7804 Transient that is remote I O station is edited Check the specified Sta No 18572 Transient unsupported error Check if the target station is an intelligent device B774n The target station was not an intelligent device station station 18575 Other Sta device was accessed by own Sta Confirm the device type B7711 Check the specified Sta No and processing 25056 Processing code error codes Do not execute the function other than 9E2014 The target station can not process the request mdTypeRead to the other Sta Card reset error 26334 During the access to other Sta other process that is using Monitor again Retry it 992214 same channel card reset Reset operation was executed by the utility during monitor 26336 Request error for other loop Change the routing request destination to 99204 Routing to other loop was performed AnUCPU QnACPU QCPU 255 8 Actions against Errors Return value Error description Actions HEX Restart the date link Writing the data or ten Data link stop error reading are done However the data is not RX RY Rww Rwr device was accessed when data link
56. Or it is not a MELSECWinCPU module The network No XX is overlapping Please correct the settings The network No setting value is outside the range Please input the value within the range 1 239 The year setting is out of range Please input with in the range of 2000 2099 Failed to read the version information Failed to start up the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Correct the value to be within 2000 bytes Correct the value to be within 2000 bytes Specify a setting value of the month of the system timer within the range of 1 12 Specify a setting value of the scheduled cycle within the range of 1 65535 Correct the refresh parameter setting to eliminate duplication Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Specify a setting value of point within the range of XX YY Correct the Transfer to network No setting to eliminate duplication Specify a setting value of Transfer to network No within the range of 1 239 Specify a setting value of identical point assignment within the range of XX YY Check the driver is started Correct the network No setting to eliminate duplication Specify a setting value of network No within the range of 1 239 Within the range of 2000 2099 specify the year of the system timer Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been
57. Supported Item Description OK CCC Closes Loop status of each station window ie a SW0040 SB0044 f Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 Self station information f SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB005A SW0046 Displays the main F loop condition in the case of a fiber optical system using the following colors SW0091 Light blue Normal reserved station Not connected station SW0094 Red Error F Loop status of each station Displays the sub F loop condition in the case of a fiber optical system using the following colors SW0095 R Loop status of each station Light blue normal reserved station Not connected station SW0098 Red Error 110 5 Utility Operations g Reserved station designation of each station Displays the setting status of a reserved station The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Reserved station designation of each station Self station information Start 120 No Network No GroupNo Sta No foo ft Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Reserved station designation of each station o Other than reserved station am Reserved station ee Supported Supported Item Description pK SY Closes Reserved station designation of each station window a eas SW0040 SB0044 Displays self
58. T O No Operational setting All connect count Retry count CC Link utility Auto reconnection station count Wait master station No CNM2u CPU down select Delay information setting CC Link utility Station information setting Remote device station initial aa eee Mamie i setting ren ei T when Power turns on Sionna system monitor setting DO001n Passat mode setting iia i mode setting D002H eee transfer mode setting Ee device setting Rising falling execution instruction ae signal flow Tracking block No block No Automatically transfer Tracking D0038 Block No 1 Automatic Detailed setting on device activation of SM a Device a eer File Kidaan setting 289 9 Appendix Utility name MELSECWinCPU setting utility Multiple CPU setting window MELSECWinCPU setting utility Multiple CPU setting window 290 9 Appendix 9 2 The difference between MELSECWinCPU and former PC CPU Limitation and notes when you replace former PC CPU PC CPU PPC CPU852 MS 512 mfd By CONTEC with MELSECWinCPU are written below 9 2 1 The comparison between MELSECWinCPU and former PC CPU 1 Functional comparison between MELSECWinCPU and former PC CPU
59. basic model QCPU a maximum of 320 points 820 words totaling points of 4 ranges setting 1 4 per module can be set 2 Ifthe Module No 1 is a basic model QCPU 4 416 points totaling points of all CPUs in a multiple CPU system can be set 3 About Start End When a value is set to the Points field the first and last addresses of an automatic refresh area are displayed as offset values in hexadecimal No for Start and End respectively For how to set automatic refresh areas for a programmable controller CPU and motion CPU refer to the manual for each CPU module 178 6 Functions and Programming b Example of settings An automatic refresh area setting example is as follows The settings of the following example are made such that a high performance model QCPU is used as the Module No 1 and that the Module No 4 does not use automatic refresh Refresh setting Refresh setting Change screens Setting v Change screens Setting2 v CPU Stat End omo o0 Send range for each CPU The auto refresh area Caution Points Stat End Not 16 ooo oF No2 64 ooo o No3 32 o0 omF Nof jo S T Caution Offset HEX from starting address of the auto Caution Offset HEX from starting address of the auto a E a Ea a o refresh area Refer to user s manual of the each CPU about the starting address The unit of points that about the starting address The un
60. display the help screen of the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility click the button at the lower right hand corner of the utility screen Or click on the F1 key while the utility is still active Fli MELSECWinCPU setting utility 120 assignment setting l Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics Module monitor Online operation System setting Module information LED information x Roy BRUN Error code No error Stop monitor ERR C USER Error information I System WDT err JT Power supply err ATE GERT IT User WOT er JT Inteli module err Toggled switch information I FCI bus er J Intelli module assignment err B STOP IT 1 0 comparison err JT Parameter err Bert M e JT Fuse blown err JT Intelli module parameter err IT Control bus err IT Link parameter err IP switch 1 informatic DIP switch 1 information 7 Battery er JT Multi CPU err opp 1 2 3 4 I Momentary stop aimi DIP switch 2 information OFF Refer to lt lt Event viewer gt gt 5 6 Warning information it ey eat A isl E il k kl El Link refresh time over ON Device Monitor Load File Save File New Click 2 Device Monitor Utility To display the help screen for the Device Monitor Utility click Help Help from the menu bar Or click on the F1 key while the utility is still active Click For the help windows of utilities included in SW1PNC WCPU B
61. fa Normal communication ie Error Disconnected as Supported Supported Item Description or o Closes Communication status of each station Se SW0040 SB0044 Displays local information of a MELSECNET H module SB0057 Swo0041 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB005A SW0046 Self station information Displays the baton pass condition whether transient re _ transmission is possible or not using the following colors SW0070 Communication status of each station Light blue Normal communication station reserved station SW0073 Red Error Disconnected Disconnecting states 105 5 Utility Operations b Data Link status of each station Displays the cyclic transmission status The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Data Link status of each station Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No o000 4 o 1 Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Data Link status of each station Data link executed Data link not executed Supported Supported Item Description pp SB SW ORo o oos Data Link status of each station window p o ae SW0040 T SB0044 o Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 Self station information i SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 S
62. front 1ch bottom 2ch front 3ch bottom 2ch q USB I F USB Type A connector I F USB Type A connector Powe lvi 5V 0 5A max be Power supply 5V 0 5A max per 1ch an T SUPPI OAKA pOT DE DD Parallel Not supported 1ch 36pin composite USB can replace it Half pitch connector EX I F Not supported 1ch keyboard mouse composite TS keyb rad USB can replace it Mini DIN 6P connector Not supported 1ch keyboard mouse composite ES 2mouse USB can replace it Mini DIN 6P connector Type I II x 1pcs Not supported Connection ontroller Typel x 1pcs Typel x 1pcs Support card boot CF card Only for a memory card with IDE With the switch to change connection master slave Only for a memory card Built in SSD 4GB Not supported Not supported Primary IDE ams in SSD or a CF card can replace 40pin half pitch connector OO D O Not supported USB can replace it Photocoupler insulated input 3 point Input to shutdown Connector terminal T O terminal Output to notify the completion of PPC COT 01 for PC CPU shutdown module can support it Output to notify the start of WDT The bottom of the main body The right of the main body Setting switch DIP switch 4 poles Built in SSD setting switch 9 The bottom of the main body Qbus 292 9 Appendix 2 H W limitation It does not have a PS 2 port Therefore you can not connect a PS 2 keyboard mouse directly to it USB peripherals can replace it You can
63. is mounted In the single CPU system QAnB or QA1ScB is used as the base unit For the multiple CPU system configuration the MELSECWinCPU module was specified as the control CPU for modules on QAcB or QA1SaB In the single CPU system mount only one QI60 In the multi CPU system mount only one QI61 for CPUs controlled together In the multiple CPU system mount only one A1SI61 When the interruption module is used for each QCPU in the multiple CPU system use QI60 Use one A1SI61 plus the maximum three QI60s or use only QI60s Mount a maximum of 4 modules on a total multiple CPU system Reduce the No of Q Series Ethernet modules in the entire multiple CPU system to four or less Limit the No of MELSECNET H module to 4 or less Limit the No of Q series Ethernet modules to 4 or less Check network No and Sta No Re specify I O assignment parameter according to installation status of intelligent function module Change network module into MELSECNET H module Change the base unit to QuB Specify a high performance QCPU as the control CPU for modules on QAcB or QA1SzB For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000H OOFFu 03E0u 03E3x 240 8 Actions against Errors
64. is not set Specify a setting value of the link side end device No within Please input the number within the range XX YY the range of XX YY The link side start device No setting value is outside Specify a setting value of the link side start device No within the range the range of XX YY Please input the value within the range XX YY The link side number of points setting value is outside Specify a setting value of the link side point within the range of XX YY the range Please input the value within the range XX YY The total number of linked stations setting value is Specify a setting value of the total No of linked station within outside the range the range of 2 64 Please input the value within the range 2 64 The link device refresh cycle setting value is outside Specify a refresh cycle of linked devices within the range of 10 the range 1000 Please input the value 0 or within the range 10 1000 The logical station number setting value is outside the Specify a setting value of logical Sta No within the range of XX YY range Please input a value within the range XX YY 282 8 Actions against Errors 4 Error message for the device monitor utility The following table shows error messages and corresponding actions for the device monitor utility It cannot communicate XX Refer to the error list in the help information on MELSEC data Error code YY link functions U
65. is not specified between CPUs Do not allow CPU Empty setting between CPUs T O response time is not set Sets the I O response time Please set the I O response time Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have Failed to start up the MELSECNETY H utility been failed The watchdog timer WDT value is invalid Reenter using a numeric value Please enter a numeric value Perform an action corresponding to the error code An error has occurred See the error list in the help information of bus interface Error code XX XXXXu functions or MELSEC data link functions A CPU Empty that is set up to the control CPU Check the setting of the type of the control CPU Please set up a CPU slot T O assignment exists after base setting Sets the slot No Please set the count of slots 267 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions Blank exists in the base setting R f i j Specify the basic settings without vacant vacant lines Please the base setting without blank Check the available capacity of the save destination n Check the save destination media Failed to save the system information i re i Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character Create the parameters again save to a file and read the file by GX Developer GX Works2 or the MELSECWinCPU setting utility The specified file cannot be read because the Install the versi
66. module and intelligent function module switch Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module For the numeric input format select among binary decimal and hexadecimal No Input format Initial value HEX setting range BIN DEC HEX Slot Type Model name Displays the Slot Type and Model name set on I O assignment setting window Switch 1 Switch 5 1 Sets the switch of intelligent function module Saves the settings and closes the Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module window Cancel Closes the Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module window without saving the settings 1 Ina multiple CPU system set the same value to the MELSECWinCPU module and that of programmable controller CPU 56 5 Utility Operations 3 Intelligent function module detailed setting window Makes the detailed setting of the I O modules and intelligent function modules Intelligent function module detailed setting No Setting should be set as same when using multiple CPU Cancel Slot Type Model name Displays Slot Type and Model Name set from the I O Assignment Setup window Selects the output mode at the time of error occurring Error time output mode Initial value Clear setting range Clear Hold Selects the MELSECWinCPU module operation mode at the ti
67. multiple CPU system Module No 1 parameter For the multiple CPU configuration online When a CPU module which does not support the module replacement setting is allowed online module replacement parameter is leven though a CPU module which does not mounted online module replacement setting support the online module replacement must be disabled parameter is mounted Delete network setting parameters of On multiple CPU system a MELSECNET H for MELSECNET H module MELSECNET H module controlled by controlled by other machine other machine is specified as start I O No Change the parameter into start I O No of lof network setting parameter for MELSECNET H module controlled by own MELSECNET H machine Link parameters of MELSECNET H module operating as normal station were changed into control station Or link parameters of MELSECNET H module Reset CPU operating as control station were changed into normal station Link parameters are reflected on modules upon resetting Compare network parameters with the actual mount state and if there is a difference adjust these parameters for the actual state When you change a network parameter write it to the CPU module Check the setting of the order of addition of The No of modules in the MELSECNET H module count additional base units parameter setting is different from the Check the connection states of each additional number of actually moun
68. not use a HDD with IDE connection USB peripherals or a CF card can replace it It does not have a PC card slot USB peripherals can replace it Connector terminal PPC COT 01 for PC CPU module is not supported Therefore you can not use parallel port and RS 232 36pin composite half pitch connector EX I F with it USB peripherals can replace it The performance of MELSECWinCPU is different from that of the former PC CPU because of the difference of the chipset We suggest that you fully evaluate its operation before utilizing programs from the former PC CPU 9 2 2 The comparison of supported S W package 1 The comparison of supported S W package is shown below Tt Outli MELSECWin Former ji SAS CPU PC CPU Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Operating System Japanese English Microsoft Windows XP Professional Operating System Os Japanese English Microsoft Windows XP Embedded Operating System Japanese English Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Microsoft Visual C Version 6 0 Japanese English x io Microsoft Visual Basic Version 6 0 Japanese English Microsoft Visual C NET 2003 Japanese English Microsoft Visual Basic NET 2003 Japanese English Microsoft Visual C 22005 Japanese English Microsoft Visual Basic 2005 Japanese English Microsoft Visual C 22008 Japanese English Microsoft Visual Basic 2008 Japanese English Microsoft Visual C 22010 Japanese E
69. out of range Check the specified WDT type Check available size of memory area Check the specified LED control value Check the specified event No Retry Check if the system is operating normally Reboot the system Set timeout value long Retry Change the specified CPU No Check if it is not implementing algorithm s compulsion finish etc Check if the system is operating normally Reboot system 1 Check the specified event setting No 1 In single CPU configuration reset the MELSECWinCPU module In multiple CPU configuration reset CPU No 1 260 8 Actions against Errors 3 Error codes returned from MELSEC data link functions The following table shows description of errors and actions corresponding to error codes which will be returned from MELSEC data link functions For error codes returned from both bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions refer to 1 Error codes common between bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions Return value NAR s Error description Actions HEX N l leti ormal completion 00001 5 1 Path error Check the path pointer that was returned FFFFu The specified path is invalid by the mdOpen function Device No error The specified device No is out of range Check the head device No for the specified 2 When specifying the bit device the device No is not a device FFFEn multiple of 8 Check the specified device No p
70. out of range Specify a setting value of the date of the system timer within Please input with in the range of 1 XX the range of 1 XX The seconds setting is out of range Specify a setting value of the second of the system timer within Please input with in the range of 0 59 the range of 0 59 Can not short seconds Specify the second of the system timer Specified file pass exceeds 255 characters ae f Specify a file path with up to 255 characters Please specify it again The minutes setting is out of range Specify a setting value of the minute of the system timer Please input with in the range of 0 59 within the range of 0 59 Can not short minutes Specify a setting value of the minute of the system timer Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have Failed to open the Help file been failed Master station 1 is not set Specify I O Master station 1 Please set the master station Master station 2 is not set Specify the I O Master station 2 Please set the master station Can not open the Module detail information screen TEOR Specify the module within current pieces There is not the number of modules The reserved station set erase station No is not Select the intended Sta No and press the Specify Reserved selected stations button Please select the reserved station set erase station No 281 8 Actions against Errors Error message The link side end device No
71. perform control data change of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times To perform other control change in the running status status control of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation also configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times Especially when performing the above control of a remote MELSECWinCPU module from an external device a problem occurring at the MELSECWinCPU module due to abnormal data communication may not be addressed immediately In addition to configuring an interlock circuit on a user program determine a system method between the external device and MELSECWinCPU module in case of abnormal data communication 1 Double click the No of the word device to be changed Data Changing 2 The dialog box shown left is displayed Set a desired value and click the button Device W 0001 CHER DECH 120 H When the display format is 32bits Data change 32 bits is displayed on the title Device Monitor Utility X 3 The dialog box shown left is displayed Select Yes button if the change is acceptable D ga device wa 120 Select No button to cancel the operation 140 5 Utility Operations 2 Bit device The following explains how to turn on off the bit device However this operation is available only when the display orientation is Ver
72. program execution time Performs program memory 3008H Memory check check S MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility H W error time CPU operation i 4004H Detailed setting J Intelligent function module interrupt mode event setting window 50004 No of modules 5001m Effective module on access to another station e 5002n intra link transfer Gntra data link transfer parameter Se 50031 Routing parameter Start I O No 5NMOu Network No MELSECNET H utility Operating mode when there is an err External power supply OFF Total stations Refresh parameters IMELSECNET H utility 287 9 Appendix Parameter No Network range assignment Specify O master Sta MELSECN ET H utility 5NM3x SNMbu Parameter forsubmaster Jooo o O iterr ptseine setting Program settings oo o Program memorye o o card to all standard ROM data Boot file setting CO a 800211 SFC program startup mode Oo fees OOO O O ET H utility 8003n Starting condition C ao 8006H Block stop time output mode 9000H Setting of the No of Ethernet modules Start I O No Network No Group No Sta No Operation setting Initial setting Open setting Router relay parameter Routing parameter C nosu sta Nowe gt 1Prelatedinformation o O O 9No6n PTP parameter ooo S o O Nom Emailsettins S o o O r 2 No9 interrupt setting oo o O 288 9 Appendix C000H No of modules CC Link utility CNM1n StartVON OE
73. project Corresponds to environment variable PATH Cx Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Property Pages x ty errs E eto i 5 Select Include Directories Click and select E Common Properties General VCInstalbi bin WindowsSdhOi binINETFX 4 0 Tools User Macros indowsSckDininclude FrameworkSOKDin incude S lt Edit gt VC Directories Reference Directories E Chc Library Directories z z Linker Source Directories VCInstallbir atimfc src mfc VCInstallbir atimfc src mt ma Marites oat Exclude Directories VCInstalbir include VCInstallDir atimfclinclude Wir E Resources MDL E XML Document Generator E Browse Information S Build Events Custom Build Step Managed Resources Custom Build Tool XML Data Generator Tool Include Directories Path to use when searching for include fies while bulding a VC project Corresponds to environment variable INCLUDE xm Ash Include Directories 6 In Include Directories dialog box click Lex then click LJ Inherited values V CInstallDir include CInstallDirjatlmfc include WindowsSdkDir include FrameworkSDKDir include M Inherit From parent or project defaults 4 To the next page 153 6 Functions and Programming From the previous page 4 Select Directory 2 B oer CCLINK E E MNETH D param S E QFTOOL Help Lib B Sample uT
74. ranges for Points Start and End on the link side Points Start and End on the link side is as follows The same setting range is applied for all Transfer 1 Transfer 64 Start 0000 1FF0x 1 1 Only a multiple of 16 can be set to Points and Start of LX LY and LB 2 Only a multiple of 16 1 can be set to End of LX LY and LB 121 5 Utility Operations 4 Equal assignment window Equally assigns link device points to all stations The start end stations can be set within the range between the first and last equal assignment station No Total No of links first station No 1 a When LB LW setting is set to Window change in the Parameter setting window Equal assignment Identical point assignment Points LB LW setting Low speed LB L W setting LB equal assignment Low speed LB equal assignment Start station Start station Sta End station End station Sta Start No Start No Total points assigned Total points assigned LW equal assignment Low speed LW equal assignment Start station Start station Sta End station End station Sta Start No Start No Total points assigned Total points assigned Cancel I i Assigns the same entered points to a station s link devices respectively by 16 points cal point assignment _ f Initial value vacant Setting range 16 or more assignment
75. setting range 1 slot 8 slot Start I O No Displays the start I O No of CC Link module Displays the Sta No and station type Master station or Local station and Self station information operation mode of the CC Link utility selected in the Target module field For operation modes refer to Section 5 4 2 1 a Operation mode Selects a test to be performed Test item Network test Test Performs a data link start and stop test Checks whether the connected station is normal or Line test abnormal Selectable only on Master station 86 5 Utility Operations 2 Operating procedure of test a Line connection test operation procedure Line connection tests can be performed only when the activation status of a CC Link utility refer to 5 4 2 Operating the Module Information Window is Data link connected or Processing automatic return 1 Setting Select a line connection test target station and click on the OK button to start testing Selected station Cancel 2 Test results In step 1 shown above when a line connection test is performed by selecting All stations 1 64 the test results are displayed in the following window Each station information Test result D Normal The Error occurred on execution of Line test Error code 19705 B307H E Ero For the details of error codes refer to Section 8 4 1 Actions upon e
76. station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 A SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SWwo0042 SBOO5A SW0046 Self station information Displays the Reserved station designation of each station using Reserved station designation of _ the following colors SW0064 each station Light blue Not reserved station SW0067 Blue Reserved station 111 5 Utility Operations h PSU operation status of each station extension Displays the supply status of external 24V DC power supply for a MELSECNET H module The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window PSU operation status of each station extension Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No 0000 ma mog 1 Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station PSU operation status of each station extension E No PSU Wi psu iA ae Supported Supported Item Description or ee oo PSU operation status of each station extension Ps aif a SW0040 Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SB0057 Swo0041 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB0044 Self station information SB005A SW0046 Displays the PSU operation status of each station extension PSU operation status of each using the following colors SW008C station extension Light blue No external power supply SW008F
77. sub 3 DevTS3 E EEn C setting value main Random C setting value sub 1 E fe C setting value sub 2 EA C setting value sub 3 x x x x Random x V index register Random R file register ZR extension file register Batch ER extension file register DevER 0 DevER 256 Random 1 Cannot access AZACPU S1 AZUSHCPU S1 or Q02 H CPU A 2 Cannot access QO0JCPU O Accessible x Not Accessible 200 7 Accessible Range and Devices Device Device type Accessibility Used function Device name specification 4 7 DevB EF DevW sl Q QnA link special relay lt Bath DevQSB within the Q QnACPU Random Retentive timer contact DevSTT Random Retentive timer coil DevSTC Random Q QnA link special register DevQSW within the Q QnACPU Random Q QnA edge relay DevQV within the Q QnACPU Random Own Sta random access buffer DevMRB Random Retentive timer current value DevSTN x x x Random Own Sta link register DevWw x x x for sending Random Own Sta link register DevWr x x x for receiving Random Own Sta buffer memory DevSPB Random Direct link input Batch DevLX 1 DevLX 255 other Sta side Random Direct link output DevLY 1 DevLY 255 x other Sta side Random Direct link relay DevLB 1 DevLB 255 x other Sta side Random Direct link register DevLW 1 DevLW 255 other Sta side Random O Accessible x Not Accessible 201
78. switching Displays the Sta No of a station that requested loop switching SWOOEO lor loopback SWOOE7 Only for optical fiber loops Fact Displays the cause of the loop switching or loopback performed SWwooD0 actor Only for optical fiber loops SWOODF P Displays the data link status after loop switching SWo00D0 Switched to Only for optical fiber loops SWOODF Transient transmission errors a SWOOFO Displays the error code generated in transient transmission SWOOFF Displays the type of an error that occurred in transient transmission 1 For error codes refer to Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC to PLC network 99 5 Utility Operations Supported Supported Item Description REER SEES SB SW No of error occurrences 2 Rar Displays the No of loop switching occurrences Loop switching SWOOCE The symbol appears in the case of a coaxial bus system Transient transmission errors Dissiays the No of transient transmission error occurrences SWOOEE SW00C8 SW00C9 SWOOCC ine trouble SW00CD SWOOB8 SWO00CO Ret Displays the No of retries re communication attempts in the etry eM a event of communication failure i Displays the No of line connection failure occurrences is displayed for a coaxial bus system UNDER Displays the No of UNDER error occurrences Le SWOOB9 CRC Displays the No of CRC error occurrences SWO00C1 S
79. tart Cance Closes the Equal assignment window without performing equal assignment b and assign the entered points to a station s individual link devices so that they are i assigned points equally meee the first among stations to which points are equally assigned station Initial value vacant setting range 1 Total No of stations 1 setting nd station 2 the last among stations to which points are equally assigned Initial value vacant setting range Start station setting Total No of stations setting ciate the No of the first among link devices to which points are equally assigned Initial value vacant setting range Refer to 1 a network coverage assignment setting range nen the total No of points for link devices to which points are equally assigned assigned Initial value vacant setting range Refer to 1 a network coverage assignment setting range Sets me method for LW naval assignment Sets items the same way as in LB equal assignment Sets the method for Low speed LB equal assignment assignment Sets items the same way as in LB equal assignment denti oR o o O Performs equal assignment according to the setting and closes the Equal assignment window qual Low speed LW equal Sets the method for Low speed LW equal assignment assignment Sets items the same way as in LB equal assignment 1 T
80. the control CPU in the detailed setting or not number Specify a binary setting value for the switch data Please input by the binary number of 0 or 1 The slot number is not set Sets the slot No Please set the slot number The target MELSECWinCPU module does not support this Tn Finot Check the version of the connection destination unction MELSECWinCPU module Verify the version of the target MELSECWinCPU module The set value is out of the word data range i Srl Sa Specify a value within the range of 32768 32767 Please enter a value within the range of 32768 to 32767 268 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions Unable to select this Please specify a drive path using 150 characters or less The start I O No is not set Please input the start I O No with in the range of 0000 OFFO The start I O No setting is overlapping Please correct the settings Illegal start I O No setting Please input the start I O No with in the range of 0000 0F FO in hexadecimals The start SI No is not set Please set the SI No with in the range of 0 to 15 The start SI No is out of range Please set the SI No with in the range of 0 to 15 Illegal value is set as the start SI No Please set the SI No in numbers The start XY are overlapping Please set them so that the start XY do not overlap The target CPU is own station Change the target CPU setting The target CPU does not e
81. utility is shown below Shows the difference only There are no differences 7 The comparison of supported MELSOFT products is shown below MELSECWin Former GT SoftGOT1000 GX Developer GX Works2 O Supported x Not supported 1 Use version 3 38Q or later 2 Because it does not support Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2009 3 It depends on the OS installed in PC CPU module 4 Use version 4 02C or later 8 Limitation of S W If you divert the program of former PC CPU you should change the program to suit the processing speed of the new MELSECWinCPU module or change the program so that it does not depend on processing speed If your program depends on processing speed and you divert the program as it is the processing timing may change Example The synchronism with other processing using loop counter If you use the program of former PC CPU build the program again using included files and library files which have been installed by this package When you build it again do it under the development environment which MELSECWinCPU module supports For the development environment which MELSECWinCPU module supports refer to the operational environment When you use MELSOFT products and commercial software refer to the manuals and the guides of each product 295 REVISIONS The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print date Manual number Revision December 2011 SH N
82. wrong Please input the receive buffer size at 0 or within the range 64 4096 The conditions formula 16xA 54xB 88xC exceeds 2304 Please make settings so the conditions formula satisfy the formula 16xA 54xB 88xC lt 2304 A number of T O stations B number of device stations C number of intelligent The start I O No is not set Please input the start I O No with in the range of 0000h OFEOu The total of the proportionate number of stations exceeds the maximum number of set stations Please set it so that the total of the proportionate number of stations is 64 or fewer stations Can not set all stations as Reserved stations Please change any of the station to other than reserved station The send receive buffer size total exceeds 4096 words Please set it so it is within the maximum value The send buffer size setting value is wrong Please input the send buffer size at 0 or within the range 64 4096 The station types for the total number of module connected are not set Please set the station type for the total number of connected module The proportionate number of stations in the total number of module connected is not set Please set the proportionate number of stations for the number of module connected There is no station information for the specified wait master station number Please specify a station number having station information as the wait master station number I
83. 03F 0020 003F 2020 203F 32 2020 203F Specify reserved Sta Egual assignment Supplementary setting Clear Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit New 115 5 Utility Operations Sets the No of MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module When vacant is selected no setting is made setting cleared Initial value vacant setting range 1 4 vacant i i Sets a refresh cycle for a link device by ms unit Link device refresh cycle _ i Initial value 100 setting range 0 2 10 1000 Displays the Routing Parameter Setup window Routing parameter For more details on this refer to 2 Routing Parameter setting window Select the module to be set Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Target module For details about the number assigned in this item refer to 5 3 5 1 a No to be assigned to target modules Sets the start I O No of MELSECNET H module Setting range 00001 OFE0H It should be noted that the start I O No set to another MELSECNET H module cannot be duplicated Sets the operation setting and network range assignment parameters to default Check for any mistakes in the setting Start I O No Displays Refresh Parameter Setting windows For more details on this refer to 3 Refresh parameter setting window Sets the type of MELSECNET H module Initial value MNE
84. 1 25 Product information 080320000000000 D Save SB SW Self station information Start 1 0 No 0000 Network No 1 Group No 0 Sta No 1 Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Net control station PLC PLC Self station status Link information Parameter setting Common Spefe Mode Online Reserved station setting Does not exist F loop status Data link not possible Transmission mode Normal mode Loopback station Duplex transmission setting Normal transmission R loop status Data link not possible Duplex transmission status Normal transmission Loopback station Transmission speed 10Mbps Link scan time Max ms Min ms Control station information Current ms Assign control station 0 Data link information Present control station 0 Total number of linked stations Tenerani hin Station of maximum normal transmission Control Station Station of maximum data link Transmission status Sub control station transmission l Yes Disconnectingllink error Remote 1 0 master station number Reason for transmission interruption Block None Block2 None Link Error Reason for transmission stop Suspend communication Supported Supported Item Description SB SW Moduletyps Displays the model name of the MELSECNET H module a eae f Displays the product information serial No and function version of Product information the MELSECNET H module oxy Closes Module detailed inform
85. 1 status of MELSECWinCPU module For the details of DIP switch information refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation DIP switch 2 Displays the DIP switch 2 status of MELSECWinCPU module For the details of DIP switch information refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 44 5 Utility Operations Item Description Displays the latest error code for a stop error continue error occurring Displays No error for Error code the error code 0 When a stop error continue error occurs in the MELSECWinCPU module the relevant stop Error information 2 lerror continue error item becomes white m red For the error details and actions to take when LEDs are lighted ON refer to Section 8 3 Actions upon Error LED When an alert occurs in the MELSECWinCPU module the relevant alert item becomes E Warning information 2 white gt M red For details of warning information and actions to take when LEDs are blinking refer to 8 3 Actions upon Error LED Starts monitoring Changes to the Stop monitor button when monitoring with blinking in Start monitor the upper right of the Stop monitor button This button is disabled when in offline mode Stop monitor Stops monitoring Changes to the Start monitor button when monitoring is stopped 1 For the details of an error code refer to the hel
86. 12 1024 points For the output Y when the operation status of the MELSECWinCPU module is Output mode at B STOP to B RUN changed from STOP to RUN select between Previous state and Recalculate Initial value Previous state Sets the time of WDT Watchdog timer WDT Watchdog timer setting Initial value 1000 setting range 20 2000 10ms unit When clicking Interrupt event setting button Intelligent function module Intelligent function module setting jinterrupt event setting windows is opened For details refer to 2 Intelligent function module interrupt event setting window Sets whether or not to detect errors with respect to the following Carry out fuse blown check Error check Carry out I O module comparison Initial value Carry out fuse blown check and Carry out I O module comparison marked Errors to be detected Selects whether to continue or stop the MELSECWinCPU module s operation if an Operating mode when there is an error is detected with respect to Fuse blown or I O module comparison error hia Initial value Stop setting range Stop Continue Set whether the startup of the bus interface driver will be synchronized with that Module synchronization of the intelligent function module Initial value Check Synchronize Sets a value to be set to the buffer memory of an intelligent function module when th
87. 2 The other setting window Other setting Retry count Auto reconnection station count Cancel Wait master station No CPU down select Delay information setting 50micto sec Sets the No of retries in the event of communication failure when a transient transmission Retry count error occurs Initial value 3 setting range 1 7 Auto reconnection Sets the No of stations that can automatically return for a one link scan station count Initial value 1 setting range 1 10 Sets a Sta No to a standby Master station Wait master station No Initial value 0 No setting setting range 0 64 Sets a data link s state when an error occurs in the MELSECWinCPU module CPU down select Initial value Stop Setting range Continue Stop Delay information Set 0 for Delay time setting Find Reflects the settings and closes the Other Settings window ance tose the Other Settings window without reflecting the settings 82 5 Utility Operations 5 4 6 Operating the Target Setting Window Set the logical Sta No for making access to any CPU module in a multiple CPU system where the CC Link module is installed 1 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 2 Set a programmable controller CPU as the Target CPU 1 Target window CC Link utility
88. 3 3E2u Module No 4 3E3H Interrupt pointer No n2 BIN16 bit 0 15 181 6 Functions and Programming Available devices Dedicated commands can be used for the following devices Internal device eae asi re nwa m kmu 1 Abit Ta digit can be specified as on data A digit of a bit device shall be specified by digits No Start No of bit device For example 16 points from MO to M15 can be specified as K4MO 2 A device that can be set is described in the constant field of each item Control operation The process generates an interrupt to MELSECWinCPU module upon startup OFF gt ON of executing S P GINT instruction by ladder program The MELSECWinCPU module upon interrupt from programmable controller CPU executes a bus interface function QBF_WaitEvent that has been programmed in user program 1 Upon completion of transferring instruction to MELSECWinCPU module SM391 flag completion of S P GINT instruction of programmable controller CPU is turned on 2 Upon failure of transferring instruction from programmable controller CPU to MELSECWinCPU module SM391 flag completion of S P GINT instruction of programmable controller CPU is turned off Operation timing Programmable END END END END t controller program 6 4 Execution of S P GINT command OFF S P GINT Command t Notify interrupt oe OFF Process the execution of module user program QBF_W
89. 3UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU c After reusing multiple CPU parameters check that the settings have been configured so that the following functions which are not supported by the MELSECWinCPU module are not used Multiple CPU synchronized start Multiple CPU high speed communication function Multiple CPU high speed communication function settings For models other than the MELSECWinCPU module if you are using a configuration in which the multiple CPU high speed communication function can be used select the Use multiple CPU high speed transmission check box and then set Points of the module No that corresponds to the MELSECWinCPU module to 0 d Parameters for CC Link set through GX Configurator CC cannot be used Set parameters using the CC Link utility provided by SW1PNC WCPU B e Parameters set through GX Configurator SC cannot be used Write parameters for a serial communication module into buffer memory using the bus interface function QBF_ToBuf f The parameters set through GX Configurator QP cannot be used Write parameters for a positioning module into buffer memory using the bus interface function QBF_ToBuf 64 5 Utility Operations g The following is MELSEC Q Series software GX Configurator whose MELSECWinCPU setting utility makes it possible to divert initial setup parameters GX Configurator AD GX Configurator DA GX Configurator CT GX Configurator TC GX Configurator TI GX Conf
90. 58 2 Error codes returned from bus interface functions 8 Actions against Errors The following table shows description of errors and actions corresponding to error codes which will be returned from bus interface functions For error codes returned from both bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions refer to 1 Error codes common between bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions Return value Error description HEX Actions a completion 00001 ko identification error FF37H The specified module identification is invalid Fa error FF36u The specified path is invalid oe No error FF35u The specified I O No is out of range ie access size error FF34n The specified I O No size is out of range 20 H 20 H 20 2 3 4 5 T O No error FF33 The specified I O No is out of range 6 Program execution type error FF32 The specified program execution type is out of range 9 1 7 8 Buffer memory size error The specified offset size is out of range FF2Fu The address of specified data stored buffer pointer is 0 10 Read area size error FF2En The read area is too small 1 Time setting error FF2Du Time is out of range 1 Driver not started up FF27H Driver is not started 1 Bus already opened FF26x _ QBF_Open is executed twice Program name error 219 The specified program name is invalid does not exist on FF 25x QCPU or is not regis
91. 7 Accessible Range and Devices Device type Accessibility Device Used function Device name specification 1 2 Direct link special relay DevLSB 1 DevLSB 255 x x other Sta side Direct link special register DevLSW 1 DevLSW 255 x x other Sta side Special direct buffer register DevSPG 0 DevSPG 255 x x Random Other Sta buffer memory 8 DevRBM x Bah 0 Other Sta random access buffer DevRAB Baten ol Other Sta RX 8 DevRX Random x Baten 0 Other Sta RY 8 DevRY Random x Baten ol Other Sta link register 3 DevRW Random x Other Sta SB Bah o DevSB Special B for CC Link 3 Random x Other Sta SW Batch ol DevSW link special W for CC Link 3 Random x DevSPB1 Machine No 1 PU shared m mory DevSPB2 Machine No 2 DevSPB3 Machine No 3 Random DevSPB4 Machine No 4 x O Accessible x Not Accessible 3 Access to buffer memory of CC Link intelligent device station modules mounted to each CPU module Cannot access a multiple CPU system when logical Sta No are specified 202 7 Accessible Range and Devices 7 3 Access via MELSECNET H module This section describes accessible range and accessible devices via MELSECNET H module 7 3 1 Accessible Range The following describes a system configuration of the accessible range and access possibility according to the destination CPU to be accessed through modules when access is made throu
92. 8 5 Utility Operations e CPU RUN status of each station Displays the RUN STOP status of CPU The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window CPU RUN status of each station Self station information Startl O No Network No GroupNo Sta No Cc ee o Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station CPU status a Supported Supported Item Description BK o o o Closes CPU RUN status of each station window Pf SW0040 SB0044 Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 Ae SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SWwo0042 SBO05A SW0046 Self station information Displays the RUN STOP status of CPU RUN RUN STEPRUN SW0084 CPU status STOP STOP PAUSE SW0087 DOWN ERROR Not connected station Reserved station Reserved station 109 5 Utility Operations f Loop status of each station Displays the main sub loop status in the case of a fiber optical system The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Loop status of each station Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No ooo ft fT Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station F Loop status of each station E F Loop normal E Error R Loop status of each station E R Loop normal H Ero re Supported
93. 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 Troubleshooting Upon occurrence of a trouble follow the troubleshooting flow on the basis of the table given below 6 Pow tr conmorsuserr ts EJ Flow when LED of the output module does not light EA Flow when the output load of the output module does not turn on Troubleshooting when B RUN LED continues to blink in the multiple CPU system 8 2 10 configuration Flow when Bus I F driver not activated is displayed Flow for link refresh time over 1 Please refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 211 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 1 Flow when POWER LED of PSU went out The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when POWER LED goes out at power on or during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system POWER LED went out Is the power supplied No Supply the power Yes Is the POWER LED ON Is the power supply voltage within specifications Make the supply voltage within the rated range Does POWER LED light up Is the power supply unit secured Secure the power supply module Does POWER LED light up Turn the input power off remove problems such as insufficient supply capacity or short circuit and after a few minutes turn the power on again Is overcurrent overvoltage protection enabled Yes Yes No Is the POWER LED ON Consult your lo
94. 9 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Mitsubishi Programmable Controller MELSEC Ke cries MELSECWinCPU Module Q Bus Interface Driver User s Manual Utility Operation Programming Q10WCPU W1 E Q10WCPU W1 CFE SW1PNC WCPU B by CONTEC is product w om Ta eloped a nufactur eer Ai ubishi a Tooo cs ratio hraa e nty o jaia dice s from that on other programmable roller RATA SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly The instructions given in this manual are concerned with this product For the safety instructions of the programmable controller system please read the programmable controller CPU module user s manual In this manual the safety precautions are classified into two levels WARNING and CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in WARNING ere g death or severe injury Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in A CAUTION z g may g minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under CAUTION may lead to serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this manual and then
95. A 081054ENG A First edition February 2013 SH NA 081054ENG B About Generic Terms and Abbreviations 2 2 1 2 4 5 3 11 6 10 7 2 2 7 3 2 9 2 2 August 2013 SH NA 081054ENG C About Generic Terms and Abbreviations 8 3 4 January 2015 SH NA 081054ENG D Japanese manual version SH 081043 E This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual 2011 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION 296 MEMO Microsoft Windows Windows XP Windows Embedded are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Atom is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation CompactFlash is a registered trademark of SanDisk Corporation All other company names and product names used in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies SH NA 081054ENG D 1501 KWIX MODEL SW1PNC WCPU B U UP E MODEL CODE 13JZ67 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan t
96. B setting data CC Link Utility IMELSECNET H Utility c C MELSEC QBF PARAM is the default directory to save the parameter setup files by the MELSECWinCPU setting utility CC Link utility and MELSECNET H utility When SW1PNC WCPU B is installed in C MELSEC QBF 2 Diverting parameters using a parameter setup file You can use multiple modules with the same parameter setting by reading a parameter file into multiple MELSECWinCPU modules 5 2 1 Status Bar Display Details The status bar for each utility is explained as follows The following shows the status bars for the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility 1 When a parameter setup file has been read saved The filename is displayed on the status bar Device Monitor C Melsec QBFIPARAM sw i npe wepu b cst 2 When a parameter setup file has not been read saved New is displayed on the status bar Device Monitor New 42 5 Utility Operations 5 3 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility The following explains how to operate the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Notes on the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility are described as follows 1 No of utilities that can be used at the same time Multiple MELSECWinCPU Setup utilities cannot run at the same time Only one MELSECWinCPU setting utility can be launched 2 Notes when parameters have been written The parameters written into a MELSECWinCPU module are enabled when tha
97. B005A SW0046 Displays the cyclic transmission status using the following colors SW0074 SW0077 Data Link status of each station Light blue Normal station reserved station Red Faulty station data link not executed 106 5 Utility Operations c Parameter status of each station Displays a station s parameter communication status and abnormal parameter status The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Parameter status of each station Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No 0000 E o0 E Network l MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Communication status of each station parameter m Other than those Communicating communicating Error status of each station parameter E Parameter normal E Error ee Supported Supported Item Description OK CCC Close Parameter status of each station o aes SW0040 oo Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SW0041 Self station information i SB0057 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB0044 SBO05A SW0046 Displays the communication status of each station parameter Pe using the following colors Communication status of each N o SW0078 j Light blue Other than during parameter communication station parameter SW007B reserved station Not connected station R
98. C functions and the include file b Direct access Device type Code specification Device name Device Docimal Hexadecimal specification S O u m nes Own sta direct tink special register SW pes m O gss Onm Sta direct tink special relay SB gt iom evqsw own sia direct ink special register sw 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSEC functions and the include file 2 There are two device type definitions DevSM DevQSB for own Sta direct link special relays SB You can specify either of them because they are the same 3 There are two device type definitions DevSD DevQSW for own Sta direct link special registers SW You can specify either of them because they are the same 172 6 Functions and Programming 6 8 Data Communication via programmable controller Shared Memory 1 Data Communication Function via programmable controller Shared Memory This function performs data communication between MELSECWinCPU module and CPU module using CPU shared memory Use bus interface functions to create MELSECWinCPU module user programs The following shows data communication methods using CPU shared memory as well as method selection a Data communication using CPU shared memory The following 2 methods are available for the data communication function using CPU shared memory Data communication using automatic refresh of the programmable controller CPU and
99. CD etc Prepare separately MELSECWinCPU module CF card F C F Prepare separately Keyboard and mouse Keyboard Mouth sharing cable assembly Prepare separately USB CD ROM DVD ROM drive unit 2 Prepare separately ey SW1PNC WCPU B 14 2 System Configuration 2 System configuration when developing or debugging For the development environment and the system configuration needed to develop or debug programs which works on MELSECWinCPU refer to followings The development environment of this product is the cross development environment which regards this product as target system 2 and this product is connected to host system 1 which is your personal computer where you develop programs via Ethernet If you want to debug remote debugging via Ethernet is recommended Use Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 2010 provided by Microsoft in order to develop programs and run remote debugging But you need the edition which supports remote debugging such as Professional Edition in order to run remote debugging For how to run remote debugging refer to Microsoft s web site or the document of Visual Studio When executing user program on MELSECWinCPU you may have to change the setting of Microsoft Visual Studio or install Visual C library or NET Framework 4 0 according to your user program
100. CPU motion CPU to user program Refreshing in 4 above is performed by programmable controller CPU motion CPU END process after execution of 2 in the figure execution of QBF ToBuf function 177 6 Functions and Programming 2 Automatic refresh area setting To perform data communication using the automatic refresh of the programmable controller CPU and motion CPU you need to make the automatic refresh area setting Make the refresh area setting from Refresh setting in the Multiple CPU setting tab of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility The settings for Refresh setting are as follows Make the same automatic refresh area setting to all CPUs in a multiple CPU system Otherwise a parameter error occurs a About Refresh setting The following explains setting items for Refresh setting that sets an automatic refresh area sl f tat End 1 About Setting change For Refresh setting 4 ranges can be set by using Setting change 2 About point Set points for the automatic refresh area of each CPU module in units of two points 2 words A maximum of 2 048 points 2k words totaling points of 4 ranges Setting 1 4 per CPU module and a maximum of 8 192 points 8k words totaling points of all CPUs in a multiple CPU system can be set for an automatic refresh area Set 0 to Points for CPU modules that do not use refresh areas 1 For a
101. CPUs for the multiple CPU setting or the start I O No for the intelligent function module interruption event setting One utility have already been activated utility The interrupt pointer No is not set r i a Specify the setting value of the interruption event within the Please set the interrupt pointer with in the range of 50 range of 50 255 255 The interrupt pointer No value setting is out of range Specify the setting value of the interruption event within the Please set the interrupt pointer with in the range of 50 range of 50 255 255 Illegal interrupt pointer No value setting j D Specify the setting value of the interruption event within the Please set the interrupt pointer with in the range of 50 range of 50 255 255 No of interrupt pointer setting is out of range f Specify the setting value of the No of interruption events Please set the number of interrupt pointers between a f XX YY within the prescribed range The No of interrupt pointers is not set A ae Specify the setting value of the No of interruption event Please set the No of interrupt pointers with in the me within the range of 1 16 range of 1 16 The No of interrupt pointers value setting is out of range Specify the setting value of the No of interruption event Please set the No of interrupt pointers with in the within the range of 1 16 range of 1 16 Please set the No of inter
102. Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Reset and rerun the MELSECWinCPU module If the same error appears again it is a failure in the intelligent function module the MELSECWinCPU module or the base unit consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Remove the multiple CPU system incompatible module from the basic base unit Otherwise replace the incompatible CPU module with a compatible one Or move the incompatible CPU module to the CPU slot or one of Slots 0 2 This is a failure in the intelligent function module the CPU module or the base unit and consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Reset and rerun the MELSECWinCPU module If the same error appears again it is a failure in the intelligent function module the MELSECWinCPU module or the base unit consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation of Module No 1 was tried while B RUN LED Retry to reset Module No 1 For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000n 00FFu 03E0u 03E3H 237 8 Actions against Errors Error Error code Error description Action information Remove the CP
103. DT time to a value equal to or greater than the maximum value of processing time in a The processing time in a is influenced by the operating states of other applications Therefore measure it with all the applications running during test operation of the system Refer to the sample program for time measurement As the processing time in a is influenced by scheduling by the OS the execution of a user application may be postponed or delayed To prevent it raise the priority of the user application Refer to the sample program for raising the priority Sample program Refer to the sample program for time measurement disptl timeGetTime Obtain the system time Communication control handling dispt2 timeGetTime Obtain the system time dispt dispt2 disptl Calculation the difference from the previously obtained system time Refer to the sample program for raising the priority VOID PriorityChange UNIT ret HANDLE ph ph OpenProcess PROCESS SET INFORMATION FALSE GetCurrentProcessld Obtain the handle of the current application ret SetPriorityClass ph HIGH PRIORITY CLASS Obtain the priority of the current application 164 6 Functions and Programming 6 4 2 Using MELSEC data link functions The following shows the procedures of programming with MELSEC data link functions 1 Prog
104. ED lights or blinks is described below 1 MELSECWinCPU setting utility How to confirm error information 1 Click Start Program MELSECWinCPU module MELSECWinCPU setting utility The MELSECWinCPU setting utility starts 2 Click the Module Information tab 3 Click the Start monitor button 4 An error code is displayed on the screen see the following screen diagram For details of error codes and corresponding actions refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions Af MELSEC WinCPU setting utility Target setting When the error item corresponding to the Online operation Multiple CPU setting Module monitor Communication diagnostics System setting 140 assignment setting Module information E occurred error is changed from white LED information Roy BRUN to E red an error code is displayed Stop monitor During monitoring it is always refreshed to ERR USER BAT O O EXIT Toggled switch information B STOP B RST BRAUN DIP switch 1 information or J 2 3 4 TLL ON DIP switch 2 information 1 4 5 6 ririki OFF ON I System WDT err I User WOT err T PCI bus err T 1 0 comparison err I Fuse blown err FT Control bus err Battery err I Momentary stop Warning information T Link refresh time over Power supply err Intelli module err Intelli module assignment err Parameter err Intell module parameter err
105. EHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU Q03UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU QO6UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU Universal model QCPU High speed Universal Generic term for QO3UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU QO6UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU model QCPU Lou ene term for LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Programmable Controller CPU Generic term for ACPU QnACPU QCPU A mode or QCPU Q mode Generic term for Q172CPUN Q173CPUN Q172CPUN T Q173CPUN T Q172HCPU Q173HCPU Q172HCPU TQ173HCPU T Q172DCPU Q173DCPU Q172DSCPU Q173DSCPU Motion CPU Generic Description term Abbreviation MELSECNET H module Generic term for QJ71LP21 QJ71LP21 25 QJ71LP215 25 QJ71LP21G or QJ71BR11 Generic term for Q80BD J71LP21 25 Q80BD J71LP218 25 Q80BD J71LP21G Q80BD J71BR11 Q81BD J71GF11 T2 type MELSECNET H interface boards MELSECNET H Abbreviation for Q compatible MELSECNET H network system Abbreviation for AnU compatible and QnA Q4AR compatible MELSECNET 10 network MELSECNET H board MELSECNET 10 systems MELSECNET H mode Abbreviation for MELSECNET H module used on MELSECNET H MELSECNET 10 mode Abbreviation for MELSECNET H module used on MELSECNET 10 CC Link IE controller Abbreviation for CC Link IE controller network system network CC Link IE field Abbreviation for CC Link IE field network system network CC Link Abbreviation for Control amp Communication Link system Abbreviation for QJ61BT11N type CC Link system master amp loca
106. ELSECWinCPU module Read Write parameter Write the CC Link parameter to the MELSECWinCPU module Verify parameter Compare and verify the CC Link parameter with the MELSECWinCPU module Verify Note Parameter includes Parameter settings and T arget settings Device monitor Load file Save file New Read parameter Reads CC Link parameters out of the MELSECWinCPU module Write the configured CC Link parameters into the MELSECWinCPU module Write parameter 1 The parameters written are enabled when that MELSECWinCPU module has been reset Verify the CC Link parameters set to the MELSECWinCPU module against the Verify parameter 1 To write parameters log on as a user with the Administrator attribute ones set to the CC Link utility The verification result is displayed in the message box TT 5 Utility Operations 5 4 5 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting Window Sets parameters for a CC Link utility 1 When the window switches to another window if the entered parameters are mistaken the warning message is displayed and the window does not switch to another window Correct the entered parameters and then transition to another window 2 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 1 Parameter setting window a v CC Link utility Module information Other station monitor
107. Floating point operation 1005H Common pointer No MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1007H Points occupied by empty slot system setting window Interrupt fixed cycle program setting Interrupt counter start No System interrupt setting Interval at fixed cycle n 28 31 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Intelligent function module setting Intelligent function module interrupt Interrupt event setting i event setting window MELSECWinCPU setting utility 100CH Module synchronization J system setting window 100D 100En 100Fu 1010H System interrupt setting 1011H 1012H 11001 mom _ Commentfile used forinstruction mom Device initial value oo o O moss Fieforlocaldevie ooo o O 2000n Devicepoins SSS S o O 200m flath startvend o o O 2002n latch startvend S S o O 2003s HLocaldevicestartend oS l o O 286 9 Appendix Parameter No tem tility name MELSECWinCPU setting utility System WDT setting system setting window z000 WDT watchdog timer Initial execution monitoring H setting time Low ee execution monitoring ee gst benit out PC battery check n Carou nine powaeneee out fuse blown check i ah 3001H Error check MELSECWinCPU setting utility Carry out I O module i system setting window e e Cacuatonero error Advanced instruction error Fuseblown MELSECWincPU setting utility system setting window 30031 3005H Failure history 3006H Low speed
108. From your computer click Change Remove DB Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 Service Pack 2 Size 1 147 00MB BB Microsoft NET Framework 3 0 Service Pack 2 Sze 280 00MB BB Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 SP1 Sze 27 78MB amp Microsoft Silverlight Sze 20 18MB Components g Realtek AC 97 Audio Bl Sentinel Protection installer 7 1 0 Sze 2 S4MB MELSEC WinCPU Driver Software Package This will remove MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package from your computer Do you wish to proceed Yes MELSEC WinCPU Driver Software Package MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package has been successfully uninstalled from your machine 4 Complete 1 Open Start Control Panel Open Add or Remove Programs and select Change or Remove Programs 2 When the screen shown at the left is displayed select MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package and click the Change Remove button 3 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click Yes button and start uninstalling 4 When the screen shown at the left is displayed uninstalling is finished Click OK button 36 5 Utility Operations 5 Utility Operations The following shows a list of utilities included in SW1PNC WCPU B Referring Utility name Description paragraph The MELSECWinCPU setting utility has the following features Displays module information of the MELSECWinCPU module LED status switch status error information etc MELSECWinCPU setting uti
109. HEX 8223 Trace time error 201Fu 8224 Error description Actions Start I O No error 2020p 8225 First address error 2021n 8226 Pattern error 2022n 8227 SFC block No error 2023n 8228 SFC step No error 2024n 8229 Step No error 2025n 8230 Data error 2026n ssai Exit the relevant program and restart your System data error computer 20271 Reinstall your software package 8232 TC setting count error Consult your local system service desk or 20281 agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 8233 Clear mode error 20291 8234 Signal flow error 202An 8235 Version management error 202Bn 8236 Unregistered monitor error 202Cx 8237 PI type error 202Dn 8238 PI No error 202En 8239 PI No error 202FH 8240 Shift error 20309 251 8 Actions against Errors Return value HEX 8241 File type error 2031 Specified module error 8243 Error Check flag error 20331 8244 Step RUN operation error 20349 8245 Step RUN data error 20351 8246 Step RUN time error 20361 Error description 8247 Program RUN inside writing error to E2ROM 20379 8248 Clock data read write error 2038n 8249 Trace non completion 20399 8250 Registration clearness flag error 203An 8251 Operation error 203Bx 8252 The No of station error 203Cx 8253 The No of repeat error 203Dn 8254 The acquisi
110. M Name of folder or file Detailed Explanation Disk1 Drivers It provides with install files for utility MELSECWinCPU setting utility CC Link i used on Windows HELP files utility device monitor utility HELP files Setup exe communication function library DLL for each utility MELSEC data link communication function header files function library bus interface function driver files and sample programs library driver files sample programs 2 4 2 Linking with MELSOFT products 1 Usable MELSOFT products 2 Notes on using MELSOFT products a When using the license key for the GT SoftGOT1000 GT SoftGOT2000 USB port When using the license key for the USB port the following screen may be displayed If the following screen is displayed specify C Program Files Common Files SafeNet Sentinel Sentinel System Driver sntnlusb sys as the source to copy from gt The file SNTNLUSB SYS on Sentinel System Driver 7 Sw Installation Disk is needed Cancel Type the path where the file is located and then click OK Copy files from For details refer to the GT SoftGOT1000 Version3 Operating Manual for GT Works3 or GT SoftGOT2000 Version Operating Manual 19 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings This chapter describes procedures and settings for operating MELSECWinCPU module 1 Caution on use For how to handle a MELSECWinCPU module as standalone ref
111. Non controlled module read error 28633 parameter The non controlled module data was read when parameter 90279 Check that the control CPU of the specified setting did not allow module is own CPU Check the specified intelligent function 28634 Intelligent function module down error module 90269 Intelligent function module down error occurred Exchange the intelligent function module or base unit Intelligent function module error Check the specified I O No 28635 The slot where there is no intelligent function module was fCheck the specified intelligent function 9025H accessed module When multiple CPU configuration check that an error occurred at CPU No 1 Control bus error 28636 Check the specified intelligent function The control bus to the intelligent function module is not 9024p module operating properly Exchange the intelligent function module or base unit 28638 Multiple CPU unsupported operation error Reset CPU No 1 9022n CPU STOP error 28640 Check that the CPU execution status is An output request or a buffer memory write request was 90209 RUN made while the CPU execution status was STOP I O assignment error 28653 Input data was read from output module Check the specified I O No 90139 Output data was written to input module Output data was read from input module 28654 Non controlled module write error Check that the control CPU of the specified 9012p Own CPU
112. OM drive Retry There may be a possibility of insufficient memory Terminate other task s currently running Check if the system is operating normally Restart the system Check if the communication destination is correctly set by the utility Check if the communication destination is correctly set by the utility Check if the communication destination is correctly set by the utility Check if the communication destination is correctly set by the utility Retry There may be a possibility of insufficient memory Terminate other task s currently running Check if the system is operating normally Restart the system Retry Check if the communication destination is correctly set by the utility Change the TC setting value during RAM operation 1 In single CPU configuration reset the MELSECWinCPU module In multiple CPU configuration reset CPU No 1 262 8 Actions against Errors 8 4 2 Corrective Actions for error code on the communication with MELSECWinCPU module MELSECWinCPU module sends the error code to requester when following modules request to communicate and error happens External peripherals Intelligent function module network system If the requester is external peripherals message or error code will be shown on external peripherals If the requester is intelligent function module or network system it will send back the error code corresponding to requested action to the reque
113. PU Q mode are not diverted set I O assignment after finishing the Multiple CPU Setting window setting 3 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module if MELSECWinCPU setting utility Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics No of CPU Online module change 7 Enable online module change with another CPU No of CPU 2 When the online module change is enabled with another CPU 1 0 status outside the group cannot be taken 140 sharing when using Multiple CPUs Operating mode p 3 o All CPUs can read all inputs Error operating mode at the stop of CPU Vv M All CPUs can read all outputs Refresh setting V All station stop by stop error of CPU2 Change screens Setting v Send range for each CPU y The auto refresh area Caution r Points Stat End o o E SSS Ss aes ee Caution Offset HEX from starting address of the auto refresh area Refer to user s manual of the each CPU Setting should be set as same when using about the starting address The unit of points that send range for each CPU is word Import multiple CPU parameter Default Device Monitor Load File Save File Exit New multiple CPU 58 5 Utility Operations Sets th
114. Please input a value within the range XX YY The equally assigned start device No setting value is outside the i DRS Specify start device No of assignment within the range of range Reeder Please input a value in the range XX YY The setting value for the number of equally assigned points i oe Specify setting value of assignment point within the range assigned is outside the range lof XX YY Please input a value within the range XX YY An item to clear is not chosen Select an item of which error history to be cleared 278 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions The group No setting value is outside the range i sas Specify setting value of group No within the range of 0 XX Please input the value within the range 0 XX The constant scan setting value is outside the range Specify vacant or a value within the range of 1 to 500 for Please input a value within the range 1 500 constant link scan If not setting it leave this setting blank The end device No is not set Specify setting value of end device No within the range of XX Please input the number within the range XX YY YY The system timer is not set Please set the system timer igi as aa The specified station No is set as the I O master station Reset the I O master station setting of the target station and Please erase the I O master station and set the then specify it as a reserved station reserved station The spec
115. Programming 6 Random access mdRandR mdRandW mdRandWEx and mdRandREx takes longer to execute and uses more memory than batch access mdSend mdReceive mdSendEx and mdReceiveEx Use batch access when the No of points to access with a single operation is large b Cautions when accessing to own Sta devices and other Sta programmable controller devices Depending on link status of own Sta and other Sta interlocking is required Data is valid only when the following conditions are satisfied lt For MELSECNET H gt 1 Access to a cyclic device MELSECNET H module X Y B W Writing data to and reading them from the own Sta cyclic device is valid only if the own Sta s handshaking status SB47H and the own Sta s cyclic status SB49H bit goes On normal communications and the own Sta s module status SB20H goes Off Normal However even if the above conditions are not established writing and reading processing to the MELSECNET H module ends normally 2 Other Sta transient access remote operation of and device access to other Sta s programmable controller CPU In addition to a device which checks the cyclic device s access access is possible if the accessing station s handshake status the bits pertaining to the opposite station being communicated with when SW70H 73H are read by the own Sta and the cyclic status the bits pertaining to the opposite station being communicated with when SW74H 77H are read by the ow
116. Refer to Microsoft s web site in order to know how to do 15 2 System Configuration Shows the system configuration when debugging this product as follows 2 Target sy stem Display Option MELSECWinCPU module CRT LCD etc 1 Host system Personal computer for development Keyboard Ethernet Mouth Keyboard Mouth sharing cable assembly Microsoft Visual Studio Option 2008 2010 Option Twisted pair cable Straight or Cross cable Option The environment of host system Personal computer for development Content Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual Basic Japanese and English editions Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual C Japanese and English editions Programming language Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic Japanese and English editions Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual C Japanese and English editions Display Resolution 1024 x 768 dots or higher Ethernet card board 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1000BASE T 1 User program created in Japanese environment is not executable in English environment User program created in English environment is not executable in Japanese environment 16 2 System Configuration 2 2 Accessible Modules This section describes the modules accessible from MELSECWinCPU module 2 2 1 CPU module The following summarizes CPU modules that are accessible when con
117. Repeat count oa Execution count 5 Result Normal Eworcode O 0000H Mean time to communicate 18 ms Device Monitor Load File Save File iNew Selects a target CPU for diagnostics by its Logical Sta No Logical Sta No Initial value 1 setting range 1 64 Specifies the No of times communication diagnostics is performed Repeat conn Initial value 5 setting range 1 32767 Executes communication diagnostics Changes to the button when diagnostics is in progress oe communication diagnostics Changes to the button when diagnostics is Stop not operative Communication ae ston deans e the No of times communication diagnostics has been executed diagnostics Displays Normal when the communication diagnostics result is normal Otherwise displays Abnormal Displays Diagnostics in Progress while communication diagnostics is being lexecuted eonaenctt Dinas the error code of the communication diagnostics result Mean time to a Displays the average time expended for communication communicate 1 For details refer to 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution 61 5 Utility Operations 5 3 10 Operating the System Menu 1 System Menu Use the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility by opening its system menu through any of the following operations Right click on the title bar Click on the icon M on the title bar Press down the W key imme
118. Supported Supported Item Description SB SW Selects a target MELSECNET H module for Other local monitor Target module n i Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Starts monitoring MELSECNET H modules Start monitor Changes to the Stop monitor button when monitoring with blinking in the upper right of the Stop monitoy button Stops monitoring MELSECNET H modules Stop monitor M Changes to the Start monitor button when monitoring is stopped 103 5 Utility Operations Supported Supported Item Description uppor uppor SB SW Self station information Other station information Displays Start I O No of your own Sta Start I O No i Display range 0000n OFEOu Displays network No of your own Sta Network No f SW0040 Display range 1 239 Displays group No of your own Sta Group No ETN ENUE 7 SW0041 Display range 0 32 Displays Sta No of your own Sta Sta No SW0042 Display range 1 64 Displays network No of MELSECNET H module Display range MELSECNET H extension loop MELSECNET H extension bus MELSECNET H loop SBO05A SW0046 MELSECNET H bus MELSECNET 10 loop MELSECNET 10 bus he dee type of your own cu sou Display range control station normal station Opens the Detail window and displays detailed information of the selected item For more details on this refer to 2 Detaile
119. T H mode control station setting range MNET H mode control station MNET H mode normal station MNET 10 mode control station MNET 10 mode normal station MNET H extended mode control station MNET H extended mode normal station Sets a network No for a MELSECNET H module Network No r f Initial value 1 setting range 1 239 Sets Group No of MELSECNET H module Group No 2 Initial value 0 setting range 0 32 Sets a mode for a MELSECNET H module Mode Initial value online setting range online offline Main loop test Sub loop test Inter station test initiating station Inter station test target station Sets return for the control station This item can be set when MNET H mode control station MNET 10 mode control station or MNET H extended mode control station is selected for Network type Initial value Return as the control station setting range Return as a control station Return as a normal station 1 For the link device refresh cycle setting refer to Section 8 2 12 1 Increasing a link device refresh cycle value or Section 8 2 12 2 Reducing a link device refresh cycle value 2 If0 is set to the link device refresh cycle setting refresh will not execute all the refresh parameter settings will be deleted and the Refresh p
120. There is an empty slot on the left of the multiple CPU system refer to manuals of CPU module i f respective CPU modules On the left in between high performance Move a CPU module s to fill the empty slot model QCPU modules another type of CPU y Make empty slots on the right side of CPU module is mounted modules On the right of the MELSECWinCPU Replace the non high performance model QCPU module another type of a CPU module is module mounted on the left in between 2126 Module No mounted when Module No 1 is the p high performance model QCPU modules with an high performance model QCPU module n additional high performance QCPU module On the right of the MELSECWinCPU r Remove the non MELSECWinCPU module module the programmable controller CPU y mounted on the right of the MELSECWinCPU is mounted when Module No 1 is the module MELSECWinCPU module R Remove the programmable controller CPU On the right of the MELSECWinCPU module mounted on the right of the module the CPU module is mounted when i MELSECWinCPU module Module No 1 is the basic model QCPU dul Remove the CPU module mounted on the right module of the MELSECWinCPU module For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal
121. U module incompatible with the multiple CPU system from the main base unit Or replace the CPU module incompatible with the multiple CPU system with a CPU module Error was detected on installed modules In a multiple CPU system a CPU module Module No compatible with the multiple CPU system incompatible with the multiple CPU system is Reset the MELSECWinCPU module and RUN it mounted again If the same error is displayed again the intelligent function module CPU module or base unit is faulty Please consult your retailer ak Error was detected on main base unit or Failure of intelligent function module ase 0 expansion base unit MELSECWinCPU module or base unit Bus failure was detected upon turning the Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation power on or upon resetting Reset Module No 1 and then restart the During multiple CPU system operation multiple CPU system Module No Windows was restarted on a For the reset specifications when a multiple IMELSECWinCPU module the CPU system is configured refer to IMELSECWinCPU module was reset MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation An immediate power outage of the electric supply source was detected The No of times of detection of immediate Check the electric supply source power outages can be confirmed by the QBF_ReadStatusEx function The electric supply source was t
122. Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 186 6 Functions and Programming 5 RemotelO folder Programming language NETVB Visual Basic 2008 Sample program for remote I O reading and writing on Visual Basic 2010 vC remote I O station Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 b Local station folder 1 Datalink folder Programming language NETVB Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Ver 1 Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Master station lt gt Sample program for local station communication Suara NETVB Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Ver 2 Visual Basic 2008 vc Visual Basic 2010 c MDFunction folder 1 NETVB folder for Visual Basic 2008 2010 Sample programs for MELSEC data link functions mdOpen mdClose mdSend mdReceive 2 VC folder for Visual C 2008 2010 iitesene Sanie program for MELSKC data link functions in general L Netempio Saraple program that read device D of Sta No 1 187 6 Functions and Programming 6 11 About HELP of Bus Interface Function and MELSEC Data Link Function You can refer to the HELP of bus interface function and MELSEC data link function by following procedures 1 When referring from a MELSECWinCPU module Select following icons from Start All Program MELSECWinCPU heso Data Link Function HELP Starts up MELSEC Data Link Function HELP Dow Interface Function HELP Starts up Bus Interface Function HELP 2 When referring from d
123. WCPU B Displays SW1PNC WCPU B version MELSECNET H utility Displays the date of MELSECNET H utility Pe ioat Version tntnemation svindotns 129 5 Utility Operations 5 6 Device Monitor utility This section describes operations for device monitor utility 5 6 1 Functional List of Device Monitor Utility A list of the Device Monitor utility s functions is as follows Referring Name Description Paragraph Batch monitoring Monitors only one type of device specified 5 6 2 Monitors a maximum of five 5 bit devices and one 1 word device 16 point mode monitoring simultaneously Sets a target to be monitored Sets a network for which the Device Monitor utility is used i ERINN l 5 64 Monitored device setting Selects a target device to be monitored 5 6 5 Word device value change Changes the data of the specified word device 5 6 6 Continuous word device value Changes data by the No of points set to the specified word device change Bit device ON OFF Turns ON OFF the specified bit device Display format change Changes the display format for device monitoring Numeric input pad Enters a No through mouse operation 130 5 6 2 Specifying batch monitor Monitors only one device that has been specified It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset 5 Utility Operations Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Selecting the menu Select Menu Batch monitor from the
124. WOOBA OVER Displays the No of OVER error occurrences SWo00C2 SHORT Displays the No of short frame data message too short error SWOOBB Communication FRAME loccurrences SW00C3 error SWOOBC SWo00C4 SWwo00c5 SWo00C6 ABORT Displays the No of AB IF error occurrences TIMEOUT Displays the No of timeout error occurrences Exceeding DER Displays the No of over 2k byte reception error occurrences DPLL Displays the No of DPLL unable to recognize data in ERROR synchronization modulation error occurrences 2 For causes of errors and the details of actions refer to 3 Causes of errors and actions SWOOBF SWO00C7 100 5 Utility Operations 2 Clear of error history window Clears Zero the No of error occurrences Clear of error history Exit Clear communication error counter Clear F Loop transmission error Clear R Loop transmission error Clear loop switch counter Clear transient transmission error ae Supported Supported Item Description Clears Zero the No of retries error occurrences link special registers SW00C8 and SW00C9 SB0005 Initial value Marked clear zero Clears Zero the No of communication error occurrences link special registers SW00B8 and SW00C7 SB0006 Initial value Marked clear zero Clear communication error counter Clears Zero the No of line connection error occurrences on the main loop side link special register S
125. WOOCC SB0007 Initial value Marked clear zero Clear F Loop transmission error Clears Zero the No of R Loop transmission error link special registers SWOOCD SB0008 Initial value Marked clear zero Clear R Loop transmission error Clears Zero the No of loop switch error occurrences link Clear loop switch counter special registers SWOOCE and SWOOE 7 SB0009 Initial value Marked clear zero Clears Zero the No of transient transmission error link special registers SWOOEE SWOOEF SB000A Initial value Not marked do not clear zero Clears Zero the history of the selected Clear item Turns from ON to OFF the SB that corresponds to the marked clear item Eag Closes the Clear of error history window Co a Clear transient transmission error 101 5 Utility Operations 3 Causes of errors and actions The following indicates factors and corrective actions for each error Beside the Error History Monitor window you can check causes from the following link special register SW For the details of link special registers SW refer to Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC to PLC network Link special Item Factor Treatment register a ON OFF of a station s power cable i Loop switching SWOOCE f l failure noise etc j ON OFF of a target station s power a Transient y Check the error code of a transient S target station s CPU
126. When a multiple CPU system is configured set up the system after finishing the Multiple CPU Setting window setting 3 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 1 System setting window it MELSECWinCPU setting utility 170 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Module information Module monitor Online operation Points occupied by empty slot Error check Goren by he a Pointe M Cary out fuse blown check M Cary out 1 0 module comparison Output mode at B STOP to B RUN Previous state Operating mode when there is an err Fuse blown Stop VOTH se eey men satoa 140 module comparison error Stop x System WDT setting 1 oo ms Intelligent function module setting Module synchronization Interrupt event setting V Synchronize intelligent function module pulse up Initial data of intelligent function module setting C Recalculate Load initial setting file Start 1 0 No Module name Initial setting Setting list Clear Setting should be set as same when using multiple CPU Default Device Monitor Load File Save File Exit New 50 5 Utility Operations Item Description Sets points per slot for vacant slots of the primary and additional base units Points occupied by empty slot Initial value 16 points setting range 0 16 32 64 128 256 5
127. a No of the remote I O master station in block 1 SW005C Pena points the Sta No of the remote I O master station in block 2 Ea SW005D 1 The time set for constant link scan is displayed in XX 2 is displayed for a coaxial bus system 94 5 Utility Operations Displays the operation mode of your own Sta i SW0043 Display range Online Offline Loop test Displays the main loop s status SB0091 F loop status Display range Normal Loopback transmission Data link SB0099 disabled 2 Displays the Sta No of a station that performs loopback on the Loopback station main loop side SWo0099 Display range 1 64 Not performed vacant 3 2 Displays the sub loop s status Pa 5 SB0095 Display range normal loopback transmittion data link SB009A disabled 2 Displays the Sta No of a station that performs loopback on the Loopback station sub loop side SWO09A Display range 1 64 Not performed vacant 3 2 Displays the longest link scan time recorded Max vacant is displayed if data linkage is not possible ms unit Displays the shortest link scan time recorded Link scan time Min vacant is displayed if data linkage is not possible ms unit Displays the current link scan time Current vacant is displayed if data linkage is not possible ms
128. a No of MELSECNET H module swoo2 Displays type of MELSECNET H module Type f SW0044 Display range Control station Normal station 1 4 Slots Displays communication status of MELSECNET H module For more details on this refer to 1 a Details on communication SW0047 status Displays the link scan time of a MELSECNET H module ms unit swo Opens Module detail information window For details on Module detail information refer to 2 Module Details detail information window When stopping monitor Details button cannot be clicked Starts monitoring MELSECNET H modules Start monitor Changes to the Stop monitor button when monitoring with blinking in the upper right of the button Stops monitoring MELSECNET H modules Stop monitor Changes to the Start monitor button when monitoring is stopped 2 The module information data is displayed at once in ascending order of the start I O No 3 The channel No is determined in the ascending order of the start I O No starting from 51 a Communication condition details Details on communication status is as follows Description In datati in data in Suspend data link Othe yeti transmission stopped by another station 92 5 Utility Operations 2 Module detail information window Displays MELSECNET H module detail information Module detail information Module type QJ71LP2
129. ad only file C WINDOWS system32 MdFunc32 dll was found while performing the needed file operations on your system To perform the file operation click the Yes button otherwise click No MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package Setup InstallShield Wizard Complete 15 The installation is complete when the screen shown at MELSECwnCPU Diver Sofware Package Belee you can use the program you must restart your compute the left is displayed orae To restart verify that Yes I want to restart my Noz va restat ry pet later computer now is checked then click the Finish button Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup To restart later check No I will restart my computer later then click the button ead 4 Complete 1 To reinstall the SW1PNC WCPU B after an installation failure in the middle of the installation process first uninstall the SW1PNC WCPU B before trying to reinstall it 2 When reinstalling the software package first uninstall it restart the MELSECWinCPU module and then reinstall the package 34 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 4 2 Icons to be Registered Upon installation of SW1PNC WCPU B the following icons are registered in Start Program MELSECWinCPU CC Link Utility Start CC Link Utility MELSECNET_H Utility Start MELSECNET H utility persec Data Link Function HELP Starts MELSEC Data Link Function HELP
130. aitEvent function Execution of S P GINT command SM391 S P GINT OFF instruction execution completion flag Do not execute S P GINT instruction 182 6 Functions and Programming Errors The following cases result in computation error turning on error flag SMO of programmable controller CPU and storing an error code in SDO Error code Error cause Action Device ID device reserved CPU vacant setting by a target device ID device CPU start I O No 16 n1 specified or no CPU module mounted device ID ods Check program and device specified program an 2 Pra modify it into a 2114 Own machine was specified by applicable CPU start I O No 16 n1 correct ladder A module not supporting S P GINT instruction was specified by applicable 2117 program CPU start I O No 1601y ao ko to 83DFH 3E4H was specified by applicable CPU start I O No 16 n1 1 0000H Mormal Program example Ladder program that generates interrupt on Module No 4 MELSECWinCPU module XO S GINT SM391 Program to end normally SM391 Program to regenerate interrupt Notes 1 When the QBF_WaitEvent function is executed if an interruption event has been already notified from the programmable controller CPU a user program returns from interruption event waiting mode immediately when the QBF_ WaitEvent function is executed Also when the QBF_ WaitEvent function is exe
131. arameter button will be disabled 116 5 Utility Operations Network range assignment Total stations Assignment method Switch screens Monitoring time Specify I O master station Specify reserved station qual assignmen upplementary setting Sets the total No of stations including the control station for the target network Initial value 2 setting range 2 64 Switches the device range input method to points start or to start end Initial value Start End Setting range point start start end Selects a target link device for which you want to set network coverage assignment Low speed LB and Low speed LW can be set when MNET H mode control station or MNET H extended mode control station is set to Network type Initial value LB LW setting Setting range LB LW setting LX LY setting 1 LX LY setting 2 Sets link device points to be assigned to a target station This item can be set when Points Start is set to Assignment method Initial value vacant setting range refer to 1 a network coverage assignment setting range Sets the first among link devices to be assigned to a target station Initial value vacant setting range refer to 1 a Network coverage assignment setting range Sets the last among link devices to be assigned to a target station This item can be set
132. at the MELSECWinCPU module due to abnormal data communication may not be addressed immediately In addition to configuring an interlock circuit on a user program determine a system method between the external device and MELSECWinCPU module in case of abnormal data communication 1 Selecting the menu Select Device write Continuous Change in Data from the menu bar 2 Dialog box Continuous Change in Data Device Type Device Type TNitimer current value DeviceNo C HEX Setting Data C HEX Setting Data Set the data to be continuously changed HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal Set the No of points to perform continuos change of data HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal OCT octal 136 5 Utility Operations 5 6 8 Turning ON OFF Bit Device Turns on off the specified bit device A WARNING To perform control data change of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times To perform other control change in the running status status control of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation also configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times Especially when performing the above control of a remote MELSECWinCPU module from an external device a problem occurring at the MELSECWinCPU module due to abnormal data communication may not be add
133. ation window Po fe Saves the link special relay SB and link special register SW Save SB SW information of the MELSECNET H module into a CSV format file For details refer to 3 Specification of SB SW saving file Self station information Displays the start I O No of your own Sta Start I O No i Display range 00001 OFEOn Displays the network No of your own Sta Network No SW0040 Display range 1 239 Group No Displays the group No of your own Sta Display range 0 32 pe Swo041 Displays the station No of your own station Display range 1 64 pe SW0042 Displays the MELSECNET H module network Display range MELSECNET H extension loop SB0057 Network f SW0046 MELSECNETH extension bus MELSECNET H loop SBO05A MELSECNET H bus MELSECNET 10 loop MELSECNET 10 busy Displays the type of your own Sta Display range Net control Type f SB0044 station PLC PLC Net normal station PLC PLC 93 5 Utility Operations Supported Supported Item Description ERRA oe SB SW Self Station status Displays the parameter setting for your own Sta Display range Common parameters only Common Parameter setting SW0054 parameters inherent parameters Default parameters only and Default parameters inherent parameters Reserved station setting Displays whether or not reserved stations exist in the network
134. ation Please set them so that they do not overlap The M station to L station setting in LX LY setting 1 are S i Correct the M station gt L station of LX LY setting1 to eliminate overlapping aoe duplication Please set them so that they do not overlap The L station to M station setting in LX LY setting 2 are P o j Correct the L station gt M station of LX LY setting2 to eliminate overlapping Lots duplication Please set them so that they do not overlap 277 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions The M station to L station setting in LX LY setting 2 are Correct the M station gt L station of LX LY setting2 to overlapping eliminate duplication Please set them so that they do not overlap Concurrent activations of the MELSECNET YH utility is MELSECNET H utility is already operating limited up to 1 End the MELSECNET H utility that is already operating One utility has already been activated and then execute it again The parameter of MELSECNET H module XX slot is not set Confirm the No of mounted MELSECNET H modules Please set a parameter for the number of modules and specify as many parameters as the No Check whether the target MELSECNET H module is A MELSECNET H module is not mounted mounted or not Please execute a monitor after mounting Ifnot mount the MELSECNET H module and perform monitoring The MELSECNET H module is mounted with only to XX slot Change the No of monitored modules in
135. ation mode gt refer to 1 a Operation mode Example of display Master station Ver 2 mode 1 Local station Sta No type gt is Master station or Local Station the Target Displays the data link activation status of a CC Link utility module field For details refer to 1 b Data link activation status details Displays the error status of a CC Link utility For details refer to 1 c Details on error status Opens the Module detail information window For Module detail information refer to 2 Module detail information window This button cannot be clicked on when monitoring is stopped 1 Module information displayed at one time is displayed in ascending order of start I O No 2 Channel No is determined in ascending order of start I O No starting from 81 a Operation mode The details of operation modes are described as follows Tom Cyclic point extension not applied Not displayed Remote net Ver 1 mode Both cyclic point extension supported and not supported CC Link utility exist Additional mode Remote net additional mode Cyclic point extension applied Ver 2 mode Remote net Ver 2 mode 68 5 Utility Operations b Details on Data link status Details on data link status is as follows Disconnected from the data link due to no request from the Master Disconnecting no request polling station c
136. cal system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation END 212 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 2 Flow when MELSECWinCPU module does not work properly The following diagram shows the Flow When MELSECWinCPU Module Does Not Work Properly An abnormal condition has occurred Remove the mounted units and check if they can be started by using only the MELSECWinCPU module Started normally 1 Yes To the next page Is the total current within the range of rated output current of the power supply module No Yes Install your modules one by one Reexamine the system configuration to check whether any of them has a defect or not No Could the defective module be found Yes Replace the defective Consult your local system module service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 213 8 Actions against Errors From the ae page 1 Replace the MELSECWinCPU module Started normally Replace the power module base unit units Started normally Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 214 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 3 Flow when SWIPNC WCPU B cannot be installed The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when SW1PNC WCPU B cannot be installed An abnormal condition has occurred Did you log on as an _ Administrator user Log on as an
137. can be specified in Operating mode of the Multiple CPU Setting screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility No error code will be displayed in Error code of the Module Information screen Once a STOP or CONTINUATION error or alert occurred the corresponding item is kept in red E in Error information or Alert information of the Module Information screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility According to the state of each STOP or CONTINUATION error the corresponding item is changed to gj red or O white in Error information of the Module Information screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility 232 8 Actions against Errors 8 3 3 Actions determined from error alert information and error codes This section describes errors and alerts which are indicated by changing the corresponding items from O white to M red For details of self diagnostic items refer to 8 3 2 Detection timings and operation For detailed error information and actions refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions after confirmation of the error codes shown in the following table For detailed information and actions on errors and alerts for which error codes are not displayed see the following table Self diagnostic item System WDT error Detection of system WDT error A system watchdog timer error was detected 5000 User WDT error Detection of user WDT error A user watchdog timer error was detected 5001 T O module Detection
138. cation through the nonprocedural protocol by a serial communication module 4 CCIEField folder f Sample program that uses a CC Link IE field network to perform cyclic LocalStation c aes transmission to the master station for use by a local station MasterStation_ Sample program that uses a CC Link IE field network to perform cyclic LocalStation c transmission to a local station for use by the master station MasterStation_ Sample program that uses a CC Link IE field network to perform cyclic RemotelO c transmission to an intelligent device station for use by the master station 184 6 Functions and Programming 2 Sample programs for MELSECNET H communication Sample programs for MELSECNET H communication are registered in lt CD ROM Drive gt lt Sample gt lt English gt lt MNETH gt The following describes each folder in Mneth folder a NETVB folder for Visual Basic NET 2008 2010 1 DEMO folder Sample program that read DO 2 MTEST folder Sample program for MELSEC data link functions mdOpen mdClose mdSend mdReceive in general b VC folder for Visual C 2008 2010 1 MTEST folder Mtest1 c Sample program for MELSEC data link functions in general i Netempic Bample program that read device D of Sta No 1 185 6 Functions and Programming 3 Sample programs for CC Link communication Sample programs for CC Link communication are registered in lt CD ROM Drive gt lt Sampl
139. ccess buffer Own Sta link register for sending Own Sta link register for receiving Own Sta buffer memory 32768 8000 Other Sta buffer memory 4 Pa O gt e a o s a s gt O s m Oo o an o wo ee 1 2 5 14 25 28 33 36 37 50 32736 8020 8021 8022 8024 8063 Other Sta SW 32668 a link special W for CC Link 4 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSEC functions and the include file 2 There are two device type definitions DevSM DevQSB for CC Link link special relays local SB You can specify either of them because they are the same 3 There are two device type definitions DevSD DevQSW for CC Link link special registers own SW You can specify either of them because they are the same 4 Cannot be used for the mdRandR mdRandW mdDevSet and mdDevRst functions Other Sta random access buffer 4 Other Sta RX DevRY Other Sta RY DevRW DevSB Other Sta link register 4 Other Sta SB link special B for CC Link 8064 DevSW 171 6 Functions and Programming 5 Device types for MELSECNET H module access a Internal buffer access Device type Code specification Device name Device specification Pes m pom wn Sta tink olay internal buffer LB bufed gt a sm pew wn Sta tink register internal butter LX butte 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSE
140. cified control data is out of range Transient unsupported error eee A transient demand cannot be executed for the specified Check the path and target by which the 902D path and target transient demand is supported H By CC Link communication when the Sta No of the Change the Sta No of the own Sta own Sta was 64 other Sta was specified Pointer address specification error 28628 Pointer address was invalid Check the type of the specified pointer 902C JAn address of a short type pointer is not a multiple of 2 Check the specified pointer address An address of a long pointer is not a multiple of 4 28629 WDT not running error Start the WDT 902Bu WDT reset was executed when WDT was not start 28630 WDT startup impossible error Execute WDT start when WDT was not start 902A WDT start was executed when WDT was start 1 In single CPU configuration reset the MELSECWinCPU module In multiple CPU configuration reset CPU No 1 256 8 Actions against Errors Return value HEX Buffer access range error 28631 Check the specified offset The specified offset is out of range 90299 Check the specified offset size The specified offset size is out of range I O No error The specified I O No is out of range Check the specified I O No Error description Actions 28632 9028n The module does not exist at the specified I O No Allow the non controlled module read by
141. cribes bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions provided by SW1PNC WCPU B When program examples introduced in this manual are diverted to be used in actual systems carefully check that there will be no problem with control operation in a target system 6 1 Outline of Functions Use of functions provided by SW1PNC WCPU B is required to access to and control programmable controller CPU or the modules from the user program The following summarizes the uses of the functions Function type Input output control on input and output module controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Bus interface functions Access to the buffer memory of intelligent function module controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Access to programmable controller CPU on the same system as MELSECWinCPU module Access to programmable controller CPUs of other Sta via MELSECNET H module and CC Link utility controlled by MELSECWinCPU module MELSEC data link functions 142 6 Functions and Programming 6 2 Function List This chapter describes bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions bundled with SW1PNC WCPU B 6 2 1 Bus Interface Function List The following lists bus interface functions QBF Open Opens the bus QBF _Close Closes the bus OBR XIn Bit enms X 1 point input QBF_Y_Out Bit Writes Vinword unit S y O QBF_Y_Out_Word Writes Y in word unit QBF_Y_Out Writes specified No of bits from specified bit positio
142. ctingllink error Link scan timefms Details Network No Group No 0 Sta No Type Normal station Status In data link Link scan timefms Details Device monitor New Link device refresh time Load file Save file Displays the longest all link devices refresh time recorded with respect to the MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module your own device If the link device refresh cycle is set to Oms en is displayed Displays the shortest all link devices refresh time recorded with respect to the MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module your own device If the link device refresh cycle is set to Oms n is displayed Displays the current all link devices refresh time with respect to the MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module your own device If the link device refresh cycle is set to Oms ol is displayed 1 For link devices refresh cycle refer to Section 5 5 6 Operating the Parameter Setup window 91 5 Utility Operations Supported Supported Item Description sacl cata SB SW Start VO No Displays start I O No of MELSECNET H module Channel No Displays channel No of MELSECNET H module Network No Displays network No of MELSECNET H module swooo Group No Displays group No of MELSECNET H module _ Soo Sta No Displays St
143. cuted if multiple interruption event notifications have been sent for the same interruption event No a user program processes them as a single interruption event notification 2 When using the event notification function in multiple user programs do not set the same device ID device or same interruption event No for multiple user programs If the same device ID device or the same interruption event is set in multiple user programs it becomes uncertain which user program receives an interruption event 183 6 Functions and Programming 6 10 About Sample Program Following sample programs are included in CD ROM Installation of SW1PNC WCPU B onto MELSECWinCPU module registers the following sample programs The sample programs are provided for reference purposes that are used when preparing a user program Use the sample programs on user s own authority 1 Sample programs for bus interface functions Sample programs for bus interface functions are registered in lt CD ROM Drive gt lt Sample gt lt English gt lt QBFTOOL gt The following describes each folder in Qbftool folder a NETVB folder for Visual Basic 2008 2010 1 QBFtest folder Sample program for bus interface functions in general b VC folder for Visual C 2008 2010 1 QBFtest folder Sample program for bus interface functions in general 2 Shutdown folder Sample program for shutdown test 3 QC24 folder Sample program of data communi
144. d information window Saves information of a CC Link utility s link special relay SB and link special Save SB SW register SW into a CSV format file For details refer to 3 Specifications for SB SW stored files 70 5 Utility Operations a Details on mode switch status Details on mode switch status is as follows Transmission speed Onlin Link test Its 1 Sta No is 0 IE is 2 Sta No is 1 64 Hardware test E Settingpronibitea Lome O T1 5 Utility Operations 3 Specifications for SB SW stored files The following shows a SB SW stored file example a Link special relay SB and link special register SW saved into a CSV file 1 S SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSsSSsSs 2 m SB SWICRI LF 3 QJ61BT11N 071010000000000 B Start I O No Station No Station type CR LF 4 CR LF CR LF SB SW information CR LF Device value Device value CR LF SW0000 SW0001 5 SWO1FE SWO1FF b CSV format specifications A link special relay SB and link special register SW are stored in the CSV format shown below 1 ASCII code 2CH is used to separate columns 2 CR LF is used as linefeed code ASCII code CR 0Du LF 0An 3 Stores Module model name and Product information starting from the first column For the details of Module model name and Product information refer to 2 Module detailed in
145. d memory 2 Use the QBF_ToBuf function to write to the automatic refresh area and user free area of your own device MELSECWinCPU module 3 Use the QBF_FromBuf function to read from the local operation information area automatic refresh area and user free area of your own device MELSECWinCPU module 4 Use the QBF_FromBuf function to read from the local operation information area automatic refresh area and user free area of a different ID device programmable controller CPU or motion CPU 5 For how to make access from the programmable controller CPU motion CPU of a different ID device refer to the manual for each CPU module 6 Ifthe Module No 1 is a basic model QCPU the address of CPU shared memory is a value in brackets Areaname _ name Pp Areamame YT _ SDeseripti CSERE Own machine pena Area storing error information and operating status of own machine MELSECWinCPU module information ed System area area Area used Area used by system 0 E system Area that is automatically refreshed by programmable controller CPU and motion CPU device with Automatic refresh area i i automatic refresh settings The size depends on parameter settings User s free area Area that is freely available The area size depends on parameter settings of automatic refresh area 7 The details of the local operation information area of a MELSECWinCPU module are shown in the next page 175 6 Functions and Programming Sha
146. d not been performed within the user WDT setting time specified by the QBF_ResetWDT function the error was detected lon USERWDT watchdog timer which is managed by the system Or a user program failure occurred f The user WDT setting time is too short A task of high CPU utilization rate is running A program that will cause an error in the memory stack etc was executed A CPU failure occurred in the CPU in which system halt was selected in the operation mode on multi CPU system Ina multiple CPU system a CPU module incompatible with the multiple CPU system is mounted When Module No 1 is the basic model QCPU CPU empty is specified for the slot on the right of the MELSECWinCPU module In the multiple CPU system Module No 1 has a halt error at powerup and other modules cannot be started Modules No 2 No 4 During multiple CPU system operation Windows was restarted on a IMELSECWinCPU module the IMELSECWinCPU module was reset Increase the system WDT setting time included in the system settings of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Reduce the CPU usage rate of the relevant task Or disable the task Reexamine the user program Ifthe error remains even after implementation of the above actions it may be a hardware failure and you need to consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Increase the user WDT setting time specified by the QBF Star
147. d window Other station Displays the error conditions for items of Other stations formation information in the Error condition column Double click on each item to open its Detail windows and Error statis display its detailed information For more details on this refer to 2 Detailed window SB0057 2 Detailed window Displays detailed information of the item selected on the Other station monitor window For the detail windows the following types of window open depending on your choice on the Other station monitor window f Reference Choice on the other station monitor window Detailed window type Paragraph Communication status of each station Communication status of each station window This section 2 a Data Link status of each station Data Link status of each station window This section 2 b Parameter status of each station Parameter status of each station window This section 2 c 104 5 Utility Operations a Communication status of each station Displays the baton pass condition whether transient transmission is possible or not The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window Communication status of each station Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No c o ff Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Communication status of each station
148. de 1009 0216 5 An immediate power outage was detected Treats error code 1503 0217H 5 SINGLE PS DOWN occurred Treats error code 1510 02191 5 SINGLE PS ERROR occurred Treats error code 1520 021An 5 EN hardware failure was detected Replace MELSECWinCPU module H 1 For more details on Method refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions H Treats error code 3100 3101 3102 3103 a PARAMETER ERROR occurred ou Sra H 2 Only the error code of the error detected first during initialization of the module is displayed 266 8 Actions against Errors 8 4 4 Corrective Actions for Each Error Message When an error occurred in each utility the corresponding error message will be displayed This section describes actions on an error message basis For errors of which error codes are displayed refer to 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution 1 Error message for the MELSECWinCPU setting utility The following table shows error messages and corresponding actions for the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Error message Actions Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have Failed to start up the CC Link utility been failed CPU slot is set as blank Specify a CPU module No or CPU empty for the CPU slot CPU slot must be set as CPU or CPU Empty CPU Empty is set between CPUs Ensure that CPU empty
149. diately after the key is pressed down Afi MELSECWinCPU setting utility Move Minimize x Close Alt F4 CC Link utility MELSECNET H utility Device monitor utility Yersion information Move Minimize Close Refer to Microsoft Windows manuals CC Link utility Starts up the CC Link utility IMELSECNET H utility Starts up the MELSECNET H utility T Hase up the Device Monitor utility Opens the Version Information window Version information For details refer to 2 Version Information window 2 Version information window Displays the version of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility MELSEC WinCPU setting utility version information Software package Sw1PNC WCPU B Version 1 01 Ati MELSECWinCPU setting utility 2011 10 22 Copyright C 2011 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved Item Description Software package SW1PNC WCPU B Displays the version of SW1PNC WCPU B MELSECWinCPU setting utility Displays the date of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Bee ce the Version information window 62 5 Utility Operations 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters This section describes the procedures for loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters 1 How to display the window You can open the Open Project window through any of the following operations Click on the button on the System setting window Click on
150. directory to save SB SW stored files When SW1IPNC WCPU B is installed in C MELSEC QBF 97 5 Utility Operations 5 5 3 Operating Err History Monitor Window This window displays the history of loop errors communication errors and transient transmission errors 1 For loop switching errors and transient transmission errors up to 16 histories can be stored When there are more than 16 items items will be erased from the history starting with the oldest one From old to new No No 16 2 For error codes and error types displayed for transient transmission errors refer to Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC to PLC network 3 It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Err history monitor window iS MELSECNETH utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Target module Slot Self station information Clear error history Stop monitor Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No Number of error occurrences 0000 1 0 1 Loop switching Network MELSECNET H Loop Transient transmission errors 0 Type Control station F Loop R Loop Retry 0 Line trouble 0 Communication error UNDER CRC OVER SHORTFRAME Ela o Loop switching Switched to ABORT TIMEOUT Exceeding 2Kb DPLL ERROR
151. does not control the specified module module is own CPU 257 8 Actions against Errors Return value Error description HEX 28660 Access size error 900Cu The specified size is out of range 28661 Access impossible error 900Bu The specified area cannot access CPU No specification error 28662 The specified CPU No is out of range 900A The specified CPU No is invalid 28663 Base No specification error 900914 The specified base No is out of range 28664 Data transmission area occupied error 90081 28665 No registration data error 90073 28666 Data length error 90061 28668 Reply data stored error 90041 Area No error 28669 The specified area No or offset address or mode is out of 90031 range 28671 Module identification error 90019 28672 Processing code error 90001 Actions Check the specified offset and size Check the specified offset and size Check the specified CPU No Check the operation status of the specified CPU Check the specified base No Reboot the system 1 Reboot the system 1 Demand once again Check the specified area No or offset address or mode Check the parameter Check the specified module Reboot the system 1 Install latest software package again Reboot the system 1 In single CPU configuration reset the MELSECWinCPU module In multiple CPU configuration reset CPU No 1 2
152. e vacant setting range 1 239 Intermediate station No Sets Intermediate station No Initial value vacant setting range 1 64 Sets the maximum transmission size per channel to be conveyed in transient transmission through a MELSECNET H module to another network No 1 Initial value 480 words setting range 960 words 480 words Clears the settings for Transfer destination network No Relay destination network No ear and Relay destination station No Checks setting for Transfer to network No Intermediate network No and Intermediate station No Closes Routing parameter setting window with saving the setting description Closes Routing parameter setting window without saving the setting description 1 Set the value to 960 words only when relay and target stations in transient transmission through another network No are MELSEC Q Series supported network modules Otherwise set the value to 480 words If 960 words are set normal transient transmission may not be possible because data can be cut off 119 5 Utility Operations 3 Refresh parameter setting window Performs refresh parameter setting window Refresh parameters setting Assignment method Points Start Link side CPU side LB 0000 3FFF LB buffer wv 16384 0000 FFF Lx z 8192 z i E ET R gt Please set a refresh cycle in Link device refresh cycle of the paramet
153. e perform the parameter setup for CPU module of a different ID device and perform setup procedure 2 CPU module or motion CPU MELSECWinCPU module MITSUBISHI From the next page a Use the MELSECWinCPU Setup utility to make the system settings required to use the MELSECWinCPU module Refer to 5 3 5 When diverting multiple CPU parameters f Refer to 5 3 11 Divert the settings made to CPU Module No 1 such as the multiple CPU setting I O assignment setting switch setting and detailed setting When not diverting multiple CPU parameters Jf Refer to 5 3 6 5 3 7 Make the multiple CPU setting I O assignment setting switch setting and detailed setting the same way as the settings for CPU Module No 1 Write the configured parameters into the MELSECWinCPU module Refer to 5 3 4 b To the next page 23 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings From the pro vious page b Perform reset operation from CPU Module No 1 The written parameters can be enabled through this reset operation Refer to CPU module User s manual to be used Make the switch on CPU Module No 1 STOP gt RUN and check if the status of CPU Module No 1 is changed to RUN RUN LED lighted ON
154. e bus interface driver starts up Loads initial settings only of parameters of intelligent function module from the file made by GX Developer intelligent ba Ste at a R RSR setting file For details refer to 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple function module Initial data of CPU parameters setting 2 amp ep age ser Ts Displays I O address Module name and Initial settings the settings that are Setting list E be ss R read using the Load initial setting file button for initial setup files Clears the information of setting list 1 Set this when synchronizing the MELSECWinCPU module startup with the startup of an intelligent function module positioning module etc If Module synchronization is not made the MELSECWinCPU module and intelligent function module need to be inter locked each other 2 If setting the initial values of the following devices using Initial data of intelligent function module setting mark Module synchronization If Module synchronization is not marked the device s initial values may not be set correctly Intelligent function module device UONGO Link direct device JL WL JLNSWL 51 5 Utility Operations 2 Intelligent function module interrupt event setting window Sets data for intelligent function module interrupt event Intelligent function module interrupt event setting
155. e gt lt English gt lt CCLINK gt The following describes each folder in Cclink folder a Master station folder 1 Datalink folder Folder name Description Programming language NETVB Visual Bape 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Ver 1 vc Vagual Pere 2008 2 cect Visual Basic 2010 Master station lt gt local station communication sample program 7 Visual Basic 2008 NETVB Visual Basic 2010 Ver 2 Visual Basic 2008 vc asks i Visual Basic 2010 2 PositioningSystem folder onee nerve femke program for initialization positioning zero return and JOG operation 01 on AJ65BT D75P2 S3 Visual Basic 2010 Visual Basic 2008 Sample program for positioning on AJ65BT D75P2 S3 Visual Basic 2010 Sample program for zero return on AJ65BT D75P2 83 3 R2 folder Programming language NETVB Sample program for initialization transmission and Visual Basic 2008 reception on AJ65BT R2 Visual Basic 2010 ee Sample program for initialization of AJ65BT R2 VC fees Sample program for reception on AJ65BT R2 Rs2testS Sample program for transmission on AJ65BT R2 Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 4 RemoteDevice folder Folder name Description Programming language perval Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Ver fe Visual Basic 2008 68DAV ca program for digital analog conversion output on Visual Basic 2010 serve AJ65VBTCU 68DAV Visual Basic 2008 Visual Basic 2010 Ver ie
156. e the bus interface driver s resetting is in progress Start monitoring after the reset operation is complete Af MELSEC WinCPU setting utility 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting LED information RDY BRUN Error code No error Stop monitor Error information System WDT err ERR D USER Power supply err BAT O EXIT User WDT err Intelli module err Toggled switch information PCI bus err Intelli module assignment err B STOP 140 comparison err Parameter err B RST BRUN Fuse blown err Control bus err Intelli module parameter err Link parameter err OOOO O Oo DIP switch 1 information Battery err Multi CPU err OFF ba N oe m H E E Momentary stop ON DIP switch 2 information Refer to lt lt Event viewer gt Warming information JT Link refresh time over Device Monitor Load File Save File New Item Description Displays the LED status of a MELSECWinCPU module For the details of LED refer to LED information MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation Toggled switch Displays the Toggled switch status of MELSECWinCPU module For the details of Toggled switch information refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation DIP switch 1 Displays the DIP switch
157. e total No of programmable controller CPU MELSECWinCPU and Motion CPU modules that form the multiple CPU system Initial value 1 setting range 1 4 Set the error operating mode at the stop of CPU Initial value Check All stations stop by stop error of each CPU Online module change 1 Enable online module change with another CPU Sets whether or not to import input and output statuses outside the group T O sharing when using Multiple CPUs Initial value Not selected Do not import input and output statuses This item can be set when Online module change is not marked Selects the registered refresh setting Change screens Initial value Setting1 setting range Setting1 Setting4 Set the points of the shared memory used by each CPU to send data Displayed by automatically calculating Start and End Initial value 0 setting range 0 2048 Reads the multiple CPU system parameter part from a file created by GX Developer For details refer to 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters Changes the settings to default 1 In a multiple CPU system set the same value to the MELSECWinCPU module and that of programmable controller CPU 2 When the screen is transitioned to another window if nothing is set to a No smaller than the No to which the refresh setting has already been set the refresh setting already set is div
158. eceseceseeeseceeeesseesaeenesens 77 5 4 5 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting WindOW cccecccescessceseeeeceseseseeesseeseeeseeees 78 5 4 6 Operating the Target Setting WindOW ccccecccescesscesseeeeceseceseecseceseeeseeeseeeseeeseesseeeseens 83 5 4 7 Operating on Network Test Window ccccescesssessscesceseeeseceeecsseeeneceesesseeseeeeseeesenseesaees 86 5 4 8 Operating the System Menu ccc eeoa io a o e A e a e 89 5 5 MELSECNET H UtltY meire R REE E N EERE 90 5 5 1 Functional List of MELSECNET H Utility oo cc cccccccssceseeeseeeseceseceseeeseceeeesseeeseeeeens 90 5 5 2 Operating the Module Information Window ccccccsccsssceseeeseeeseceseceseeesecseeesseeeseeneeens 91 5 5 3 Operating Err History Monitor Window cccccccsssesesssceseceseeeseesecesecsseeesecneeeseseseeeneens 98 5 5 4 Operating the Other Station Monitor WindowW ccccecccsssessessseeeeceseceseeseceseeeseeeaeeees 103 5 5 5 Operating the Online Operation Window cccescessesssceseceseeeseeeeeceseeeeeseceseesseeeaeeees 114 5 5 6 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting WindOW cccceseesseeeesseeesceeeeseesseeetseesees 115 5 5 7 Operating the Target Setting WiIndOW cceesccscesssesseeeeceecesceeeeceseceseeseeceeseseeeseeeaes 126 5 5 8 Operating the System Menu ccc ccccessecsscesscescessecesecsseceseeeseceseceseeessceeecsseeeaeeeesenseeegs 129 5 6 Device Monitor utility cccccccscssssessscsssesseeseccsseescecesees
159. ectly Did the error disappear Replace the module with a new one 1 To the next page 218 From the previous page Are all additional cables of the base unit correctly connected Attach the additional cables correctly Has an error disappeared Replace the relevant module Has an error occurred Replace the MELSECWinCPU module Has an error occurred Replace the relevant base unit Has an error occurred Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 8 Actions against Errors 219 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 6 Flow for CONTROL BUS ERR The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when a control bus error Error codes 1412 1416 CONTROL BUS ERR occurs at power on or during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system However this flow is available only in the case where the faulty slot or base unit can be determined from the error code CONTROL BUS ERR occurred On Microsoft Windows Event Viewer check the error code and error information about the error with MQbf as its internal error source which occurred first after startup of Windows Refer to 8 3 1 2 Reset the MELSECWinCPU module and restart it Has an error occurred Is the module for the relevant slot connected correctly Connect the module correctly Has an error disappeared A
160. ed Parameter communication in progress Displays the error status of each station parameter using the following colors Error status of each station SW007C Light blue Parameters normal reserved station parameter SW007F Not connected station Red Parameter error 107 5 Utility Operations d CPU operation status of each station Displays the operation status of a CPU The No of stations to be displayed is the Total No of stations set by the Parameter Setup window CPU operation status of each station Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo Sta No 0000 1 Jo A Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station CPU operation status of each station E Normal Error Critical Error Non critical Supported Supported Item Description pp PP SB SW oR o foses CPU operation status of each station EER SW0040 0 i SB0044 Displays self station information of MELSECNET H module SB0057 SW0041 For details refer to 1 Other station monitor window SW0042 SB005A SW0046 Self station information Displays the CPU operation status of each station using the following colors SW0080 Light blue CPUnormal reserved station Not connected SW0083 CPU operation status of each station station SW0088 SW008B Red Moderate CPU error WDT error etc Serious Hardware error etc Yellow Minor CPU error 10
161. ed Check whether the system is operating properly or not 103 Data receiving error Relaunch the system 00679 Data receiving has failed Device No error 130 The specified device No is out of range Check the specified device No 00821 When specifying the bit device the device No is not a multiple of 8 Device points error 131 The specified No of points is out of device range Check the size 0083H When specifying the bit device the device No is not a multiple of 8 1 For the single CPU configuration the MELSECWinCPU module body must be reset For the multiple CPU configuration the CPU Module No 1 must be reset 249 8 Actions against Errors Return value Error description HEX 4110 100Ex Request cancellation Drive name error First step error Parameter type error File name error Registration reset setting status error Detailed condition division error Exit the relevant program and restart your oF computer Step condition error Reinstall your software package Consult your local system service desk or Bit device condition error i Oy i i agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Parameter setting error Keyword error Read write flag error Refresh method error Buffer access method error Start mode stop mode error Written clock data error Onlineprogram change error 250 8 Actions against Errors Return value
162. eecssessseceseseceseesseceseseseeesecnseesseeeeeeens 130 5 6 1 Functional List of Device Monitor Utility ccc eeccccceseceseesseeeeeceseseeeseceseeseeeaeeees 130 5 6 2 Specifying batch monitor 0 cece eeseeseceeeceseeeseeseccseeseceecessesseeeeceseeeseesaeeesseeeseeeaes 131 5 6 3 Specifying 16 point Register MOMNItOL cc eecccsccssseeseeeeceseeesceeeeceseseseeseeeeeceseeeaeenses 132 5 6 4 Specifying monitor target 0 eeceesecssccesecsseeeecseccsseeeseceeceseceseeeeeceseeeseeseeeeeeseseeeeeeaes 133 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored eee ee eesecescesecesseesecesecescessceeeeceseeeseeeseceseeeseeseeaes 134 5 6 6 Changing Word Device Values cccccccccsscssseessesscesseesseeeecesscssceceeceseseseeseeeeeseseseeeaes 135 5 6 7 Changing Word Device Value Continuously ccccccceccessesceeseessceseceseesseceseesseesseenees 136 5 6 8 Turning ON OFF Bit Device ccc eccecsccesscssseeseeseceseceseeesecseccsseesaeeeeseseesaeceeseseseneeeags 137 5 6 9 Switching Display Form ccccceccescessessccesecsseeesecseccsseececesecseecseeeseeeesesecseeeeeeeeseneeeags 138 5 6 10 Numerical P di oeei targets hedenen nee a enen ae don raa be e aE O Tarer a ea tomar boc a oo ie 139 5 6 11 Other Operations Nenseter tearen roan e eiiean iere i e ere a 140 6 Functions and Programming 142 6 1 CUPS of FUME ONG 3 sed ccanernescaborsuchsgecscescecahaleaisentedvolaedncsust vvdiotucdatvalauhoviaastepleebereechseubinies 142 6 2 Function Listeri
163. een stopped 2 The range displaying input data and output data covers just the points assigned by the parameter setting I O assignment setting for the module mounted on the slot of the specified Slot No 3 When a multiple CPU system is configured this item is enabled if the control CPU for the module to be monitored is a MELSECWinCPU module 4 For the buffer memory addresses of intelligent function modules refer to the manual for each module 5 The No input formats for forcible output and forcible writing shall follow the formats selected in Display Format 6 For the details of an error code of intelligent function module refer to the manual of each module Displays No error for the error code 0 48 5 Utility Operations 5 3 4 Operating the Online Operation Window Reads writes verifies parameters for the MELSECWinCPU module Operation on this window is not possible while the bus interface driver s resetting is in progress Perform operation after the reset operation is complete Af MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Module information Module monitor System setting Read parameter Read the MELSECWinCPU parameter from the MELSECWinCPU module Read Write parameter Write the MELSECWinCPU parameter to the MELSECWinCPU module It clears all parameters before writing Write Verify parameter Compare and verify the MELSECWinCPU parameter with the
164. eeseeeeesseceseesaees 230 8 3 3 Actions determined from error alert information and error COdeS ccccecceeseeseeeteees 233 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions ccccceccesseeescesecesseeseeeecesececeeeceseeeseeseeeeeeesees 236 8 4 List of Error Code Error Message ccccccsssessesssceseceseesssesseceseceseesseceeeesseeeseceseceseeaeenseeeaeens 248 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution c ce eecccceseeseeeeeereeeeees 248 8 4 2 Corrective Actions for error code on the communication with MELSECWinCPU INO CUI GS 2 7c0es set ee eR ere ae Dey Sine Re tac AS aT YEP Ni hee Ed SS 263 8 4 3 Corrective Actions for Each Event ID oc ec ecccccccessesseeeecseeesecesseeeeceseceseesseceseeeseeeseens 265 8 4 4 Corrective Actions for Each Error Message ccccsccessecessesccesscesseeeeceseceseesseceseenseeensens 267 9 Appendix 284 9 1 cist of Parameter NO 0 3 r a bea tude ihe ete hion had kn AeA E 284 9 2 The difference between MELSECWinCPU and former PC CPU ee eeceececsceseeteeeeeeneees 291 9 2 1 The comparison between MELSECWinCPU and former PC CPU oe eeeeeeeeeeeteeeee 291 9 2 2 The comparison of supported S W package ccccesscsscescessessseeesceseceseessseeeeceseeeeeeaes 293 REVISIONS runpa R etiwae viel Sota aed eum Mats lonedt ad e wink auntie act 296 About Generic Terms and Abbreviations Unless otherwise specified this manual uses the following generic terms a
165. ems Add in Manager Macros Partner Products Catalog Dotfuscator Community Edition amp WCF Service Configuration Editor External Tools Import and Export Settings Customize k Options Options aemet Baom Son dete 2 Select Projects and Solutions VC Directries on the E Projects and Solutions Wina2 m Include fies General a a Ba ardRun axiale S vce onc cheer navigation pane on the left and select cr new row VCInstallDir JatimFc include VC Project Settings WindowsSdkDir include Source Control FrameworkSDKDir include Aeree button while selecting Include files in the Show Debugging S Hee directories for field in the upper right Office Tool lt i gt Test Tools Include Directori Fe ee bes Pahto uee when searchin for ev ls vile buldng a VC Poe Then clicks the L J button Corresponds to environment variable INCLUDE E Workflow Designer ona 4 To the next page 146 6 Functions and Programming From the previous pages 4 Select Directory x 3 Reference the folder where the include file is stored E oer 1 When using bus interface function a Select a folder storing QbfFunc32 vb D param a QBFTOOL m QbfFunc32 vb is stored under the following folder tb in CD ROM drive oti lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development persona
166. enu 16 point register monitor from the menu bar Selectable only for batch monitoring Sets device to monitor by selecting Settings Device settings from the menu bar For more details on this refer to 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored 2 Display window Device Monitor Utility Menu Setting Device Write DataFormat Option Help ooo coccoco ccc o oo 12 Q Series Bus Interface Data Format The Channel Information in the Current Display Screen Nanna itavicg Network No 0 Station No 1 DEC 16bit Displays the current device status 1 Device information For changing the display form refer to 5 6 9 Switching Display Form Displays the current network status 2 Network status For setting the network refer to 5 6 4 Specifying monitor target Displays the device type word device bit device and its form 3 Display method For changing the device type refer to 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored For changing the display form refer to 5 6 9 Switching Display Form 132 5 Utility Operations 5 6 4 Specifying monitor target Sets the network to be used for device monitoring Set the destination when starting the device monitor utility 1 When local is selected in the network setting as the network status 0 is displayed in the network No f
167. er program created with bus interface function is capable of controlling I O modules and intelligent function modules that are managed on MELSECWinCPU module i Each unit is controllable from MELSECWinCPU module 11 1 Outline 2 Building multiple CPUsystem is allowed Construction of a multiple CPU system configured of QCPU Q mode motion CPU and MELSECWinCPU module is allowed ROY B RUN OO Orso ERR USER f g 202 ae f 5 fe 220 BSTOP reset l MITSUBISHI Module No 1 QCPU Q mode Module No 2 through 3 QCPU Q mode or motion CPU Constructing a multiple CPU system with up to 3 modules is allowed 3 Access from MELSECWinCPU module is allowed via CC Link and MELSECNET H A user program created with MELSEC data link function is capable of accessing to programmable controller CPU of other station via CC Link and MELSECNET H Access via CC Link MELSECWinCPU module Sik MELSECNET H CC Link Access via MELSECNET H 12 1 Outline
168. er setting Target setting Target module 1 slot channel No 51 v Logical Sta No 65 Network No 1 Sta No s4 Target CPU 44 MELSECNET H Target setting list Logical Sta No Taau chan ge __Change Ss n a Delete n Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit New 128 5 Utility Operations 5 5 8 Operating the System Menu 1 System menu There are three ways listed below to open and use the system menu for the MELSECNET H utility Right click on the title bar Click icon ie on the title bar z Press the 4 key after pressing Al key Move Minimize X Close Alt F4 MELSECWinCPU setting utility CC Link utility Device monitor utility Version information Move minimize close Refer to the Microsoft Windows s manual IMELSECWinCPU setting utility Move the MELSECWinCPU setting utility CC Link utility Starts the CC Link utility Device monitor utility Starts the device monitor utility Opens the Version information window Version information For details on this refer to 2 Version information window 2 Version information window Version information of MELSECNET H utility is as follows MELSECHET H utility version information Software package SW1PNC WCPU B Version 1 01 MELSECNET H utility 2011 10 22 Copyright C 2011 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved Item Description Software package SW1PNC
169. er setting tab Default Check Cancel The device range input method can be switched between Points Start and Start End Assignment method Initial value Start End Sets the name of a link device to be refreshed Refresh parameters can be set to a maximum of 64 devices Device name Avoid overlapping when setting Devices cannot overlap one another Initial value Refer to 3 a Initial value of Device name Point Start and End Setting range Refer to 3 b Device name on link and CPU side Sets points for a link device to be refreshed pi Initial value Refer to 3 a Initial value of Device name Point Start and End Setting range Refer to 3 c Setting range of Point Start and End on link side Sets the first among link devices to be refreshed Start Initial value Refer to 3 a Initial value of Device name Point Start and End Setting range Refer to 3 c Setting range of Point Start and End on link side Sets the last among link devices to be refreshed Initial value Refer to 3 a Initial value of Device name Point Start and End Setting range Refer to 3 c Setting range of Point Start and End on link side Displays the names of devices to be refreshed by a CPU module in one to one Device name correspondence with se
170. er to CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual Sets a CC Link utility as a reserved or invalid station Reserve invalid station select Initial value Not specified setting range No setting Local station Invalid station Specifies a transmission area word unit Initial value 64 setting range 0 64 4096 Intelligent buffer Specifies a reception area word unit select word 2 Initial value 64 setting range 0 64 4096 Specifies an automatic update area word unit Initial value 128 setting range 0 128 4096 Clears the parameters in the Station Information Setup field and sets initial values 2 This item can be set only when Intelligent device station Ver 1 Intelligent device station or Ver 2 intelligent device station is set to Station type 80 5 Utility Operations a No to be assigned to target modules No assigned to target modules are assigned starting from 1 in ascending order of Start I O No obtained when this window is opened or when a parameter setup file is read Note that when No assigned to target modules are reassigned their parameter settings will not be changed 1 The Start I O No 00 position is vacant Target module gt 1
171. er to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 2 MELSECWinCPU module startup procedure Mount required devices such as power supply module MELSECWinCPU module etc onto the base unit and connect cables _ _ Refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Set up BIOS on MELSECWinCPU module Function Explanation Refer to Chapter 4 Installing Install SW1PNC WCPU B 2 and Uninstalling the Software Package Install OS 1 Set parameters according to the system you want to build When a single CPU system is built 3 When a multiple CPU system is built 4 Perform startup procedure 5 when using CC Link System Perform startup procedure 6 when using MELSECNET H System 6 1 OS has been installed to the main body End 2 SW1PNC WCPU B has been installed to the main 20 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 3 Startup procedure when a single CPU system is built Perform startup procedure 2 before the following procedure MELSECWinCPU module open ofzale MITSUBISHI From ine ot page Use the MELSECWinCPU Setup utility to make the system settings required to use Refer to 5 3 5 the MELSECWinCPU module Assign I O to the primary and additional base un
172. erations 5 2 About the Parameter Setup File The following explains about the parameter setup files for the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility 1 Reading saving a parameter setup file The following describes how to read save a parameter setup file 1 Click on the Load File button to read a parameter setup file Click on the button to save a parameter setup file Load File SaveFile Help Exit New Click 2 Read save the settings Look in PARAM Files of type Parameter File dat cst Cancel Look in Specify the location from or to which it read or save parameter setting files Place to be saved You can not specify the file path which includes 2 bytes character Enter the name of a file you want to read or save File name You can not specify the file name which includes 2 byte character Save Read or saves the file whose name has been entered Close without reading or saving 41 5 Utility Operations a On the status bar of the parameter setup file for the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility or MELSECNET H Utility the name of the currently used parameter file is displayed b The following shows the filename extensions of parameter setup files for the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility Parameter setup file filename extensions IMELSECWinCPU Setting Utility cst SW1PNC WCPU
173. erent than that corresponding to the identified numeric upon turning on the power Installation value module No status of I O module was changed during When a GOT is bus connected to the main 2000 Module No Joperation or a module is about to drop off base unit or extension base unit check the connection status of the extension cable and the grounding status of the GOT Reset Module No 1 and then restart the During multiple CPU system operation multiple CPU system Windows was restarted on a For the reset specifications when a multiple MELSECWinCPU module the CPU system is configured refer to MELSECWinCPU module was reset MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation A slot with QI60 was specified for a module other than intelligent function module or Specify I O assignment according to the interrupt module on parameter I O installation settings assignment On I O assignment parameters I O module was assigned to intelligent function module or vice versa On I O assignment parameters CPU 2100 Module No module was assigned to other module or Specify I O assignment according to the specified to idle or vice versa installation settings of intelligent function The No of points of the intelligent function module or CPU module module specified in I O assignment setting Delete the switch setting in I O assignment of parameters is smaller than the actual setting of parameters No
174. error description and actions The following summarizes Error descriptions identified by an error code actions and error information If an error code which is not included in the following error code list will be detected contact Mitsubishi Electric System Service CO LTD or a branch or dealer of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation to receive advice on the symptom Error ae Error code i Error description Action information Reset and rerun the MELSECWinCPU module If the same error appears again it is a failure in the A failure in the power supply module the power supply module the MELSECWinCPU MELSECWinCPU module the base unit an module the base unit an additional base unit or an additional base unit or an additional cable additional cable was detected Replace the faulty module with a new one Or consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Check ERR LEDs of the output module and replace the module of which ERR LED lights Check the output module s No module No in Event Viewer and replace the corresponding fuse 1300 Module No Fuse is broken in an output module When GOT is bus connected to the base unit or an additional base unit check the connection state of the additional cable and the state of the ground wire of GOT Into a slot specified as empty by I O Compare I O assignment with modules which are assignment an interruption module for A is actually
175. erted to that No 59 5 Utility Operations 5 3 8 Operating the Target Setting Window Sets the logical Sta No for making access to any CPU module in a multiple CPU system configuration 1 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 2 Set a programmable controller CPU as a target CPU Ali MELSECWinCPU setting utility Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting faa Arget setting Communication diagnostics Logical Sta No 14 Target setting list Sta Ni Target Logical Sta No arget CPU Change Target CPU 1 Device Monitor Load File Save File New Logical Sta No 1 2 Specifies the Logical Sta No to be set or changed Initial value 1 setting range 1 64 Se Register the settings and changes Logical Sta No target CPU to the target setting list Sets CPUs CPU module No in a multiple CPU system to be accessed Initial value 1 setting Target CPU 3 range 1 3 Target setting list Displays Logical Sta No currently set and a list of their corresponding target CPUs Displays the setting of the row Logical Sta No selected from the target setting list in the Logical Sta No field You can change the Logical Sta No setting by double clicking on the row that contains the setting you
176. evelopment personal computer Bus interface function HELP and MELSEC data link function HELP are contained in lt CD ROM Drive gt lt Help gt lt English gt Copy a lt Help gt folder into any folders of development personal computer and start up the following HELP files contained in a lt Help gt folder ho C HLP Starts up MELSEC Data Link Function HELP SD ommen Starts up Bus Interface Function HELP 188 6 Functions and Programming When you start up the HELP the following screen Windows HELP and Support may appear and you may be unable to read the HELP In this case install WinHlp32 exe which is necessary to show the HELP according to procedures below Notice You should connect internet nmr n Se Why can t get Help from this program The Help for this program was created in Windows Help format which was used in previous versions of Windows and it is not supported in Pee eee n Windows Vista d 0 I R Ask z PZ Options v pss Windows Help program WinHlp32 exe is ji no longer included with Windows n the Microsoft support website Search Help P Why can t I get Help from this program The Help for this program was created in Windows Help format which depends on a feature that isn t included in this version of Windows However you can download a program that will allow you to view Help created in the Windows Help format For more information go to tHe
177. f SB SW saving file is as follows a Link special relay SB or link special register SW which has saved in CSV file 1 _ asy 2 m SB SWICRI LF 3 QJ71LP21 25 060120000000000 D CRI LF Start I O No Network No Group No Station No Network type CRI LF 4 0020 1 1 1 MELSECNET H loop Network administration station between PC CRI LF CRI LF SB SW information CR LF Device value Device value CR LF 0000 CR LF 0000 CR LF 5 6 b Specification of CSV format The link special relay SB and link special register SW are saved in the CSV format as shown below 1 A comma ASCII code 2Cu is used to separate columns 2 Line feed code CR LF ASCII code CR 0DuH LF 0AH 3 Starting from the first string the model name of the module and product information are stored in order For more details on model name and product information refer to 2 Module detail information window 4 Starting from the first string the Start I O No network No group No Sta No network and type for Self station information are stored in order For details refer to 2 Module detail information window 5 Device name and device value of the link special relay SB are stored 6 Device name and device value of the link special relay SW are stored C MELSEC QBF PARAM is the standard
178. f the QBF_FromBuf Only when 2 or more CPUs are specified in the Multiple CPU setting tab of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility it is possible to access CPU shared memory Otherwise a CPU No specification error return value 28662 occurs 174 6 Functions and Programming 6 8 1 CPU Shared Memory Configuration CPU shared memory configuration and access availability to the memory of MELSECWinCPU module is as follows lt Access diagram gt Programmable Programmable MELSECWinCPU controller CPU controller CPU module Motion CPU User program Power supply Different ID Different ID Your own device device HE device CPU shared CPU shared CPU shared i memory Saren memory MEMOTY PEY EEE Programmable Program 3 controller program lt Accessibility list gt p X Access from your own device Access from local device Access to your Access to local Access to your own device ae device 2 own device 3 OHH Host CPU 1FFH operation 5FH information area of your own device Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled 200H 60H System area 7 FFH Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Auto refresh area Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled User free area Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled 1 Indicates the address of CPU share
179. failed 280 8 Actions against Errors Error message Actions An error occurred in communication with the MELSECWinCPU module Error code XX XXXXu Perform an action corresponding to the error code See the error list in the help information of bus interface functions or MELSEC data link functions Failed to write parameters The probable causes are A Windows logon user does not have administrator authority Check whether you are logging on as a user who has the administrator privilege for Windows or not Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a The operating system is faulty hardware failure or not Failed to read the parameters No MELSECNET H parameters are set Please set MELSECNET H parameters Set MELSECNET H parameters and write to MELSECWinCPU module Failed to read the parameters The probable causes Set MELSECNET H parameters and write to are MELSECWinCPU module No MELSECNET H parameters are set Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a The operating system is faulty hardware failure or not Check the available capacity of the save destination Check the save destination media Failed to save the parameter file Respecify the save destination so that the total characters of Confirm the destination to save the location name and the file name should be up to 128 Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character The day setting is
180. ffer depending on development setting and custom setting 2 In Property Manager click the node Lt of the configuration and the platform of Debug Win32 and so on The node will be opened and the user property sheet such as Microsoft Cpp lt Platform gt User will be shown 3 Right click on user property sheet and select Properties of short cut menu lt User property sheet gt Property Pages dialog box will be shown 152 6 Functions and Programming From the previous page Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Property Pages e stom i 4 In lt User property sheet gt Property Pages dialog box E Common Properties E General General Executable Directories CInstallDinbin WindowsSdkDir bin NETFX 4 0 Tools ks VC D e gt 33 Ur acros rote Overs Scrat scsi select lt Common properties gt Directories NC Reference Directories VCinstalDir atinfchib vCInstallDirjib Eoc Library Directories VCInstalDir ib VCInstalDir atimfc ib WindowsSdkl Source Directories 4 VCInstallDir atlmfc src mFc CInstallDir atimFc src ml Exclude Directories VCInstalDir include VCInstalDir atimf c include Wir E Linker Manifest Tool Resources MIDL XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Buld Step E Managed Resources E Custom Build Tool XML Data Generator Tool Executable Directories Path to use when searching For executable files while building a VC
181. figuration of multiple CPU module with MELSECWinCPU module is allowed For the CPU supporting multiple CPU configuration refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation Multiple CPU configuration Basic model QCPU 5 Q01CPU QO0OCPU High performance model QcPu 5 Q02CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Process CPU QO2PHCPU QO6PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU Universal model QCPU 3 5 High speed Uni model QCPU 5 QO3UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU QO6UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU niversal mode Q172CPUN Q173CPUN Q172CPUN T Q173CPUN T Q172HCPU Q173HCPU Q172HCPU T Q173HCPU T Q172DCPU Q173DCPU Q172DSCPU Q173DSCPU 1 When configuring multiple CPU system with MELSECWinCPU module use products of function version B or later 2 When configuring multiple CPU system with MELSECWinCPU module use products of function version B and of a serial No having 03051 or later in first 5 digits 3 When configuring multiple CPU system with MELSECWinCPU module use products of a serial No having 09072 or later in the first 5 digits However if you use a product with a serial No that has a value between 09072 and 15041 in its first 5 digits insert modules under the contro
182. form the appropriate action Did ERR LED goes out Is an error of which source is MQbf registered with Event Viewer From the MELSECWinCPU setting utility check the occurring error Refer to 8 3 1 1 See 8 3 Actions upon Error LED to find the corresponding error and perform the appropriate action 1 To the next page 216 From the provis page 1 Yes Did ERR LED go out Has any of the following errors occurred I O module comparison error Fuse blown error Control bus error Intelligent function Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 8 Actions against Errors 217 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 5 Flow for UNIT VERIFY ERR The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when an I O module verification error Error code 2000 UNIT VERIFY ERR occurred at power on or during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system UNIT VERIFY ERR occurred On Microsoft Windows Event Viewer check the error code and error information about the error with MQbf as its internal error source which occurred first after startup of Windows Refer to 8 3 1 2 Did you remove and reinsert the module into the relevant slot during operation Reset the MELSECWinCPU module Yes Is the module correctly mounted into the relevant slot Did the error disappear Mount the module corr
183. formation window 4 Stores Start I O No Sta No and Station type starting from the first column For the details of Start I O No Sta No and Station type refer to 2 Module detailed information window 5 Stores the device name and device value of a link special relay SB 6 Stores the device name and device value of the link special register SW C MELSEC QBF PARAM is the standard directory to save SB SW stored files When SW1IPNC WCPU B is installed in C MELSEC QBF 72 5 Utility Operations 5 4 3 Operating the Other Station Monitor Window This window displays the line status of the other stations CC Link network stations 1 At the time the CC Link utility is launched monitoring is not operative Click on the Start monitor button to start monitoring 2 Other local monitor starts monitoring only when the states of your own station is In data link 3 It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Other station monitor window CC Link utility Module information Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Test Target module Start 1 0 No Self station information 0000 Sta No 0 Master station All Stations view Reserved station information Error invalid station information Station type Ver 1 Remote Ver 1 Remote
184. fresh parameter setting window Hour Minute and Second cannot be omitted If Year Month and Day are omitted transmission is executed at the predetermined time every day If only Year and Month are omitted transmission is executed at the predetermined time every month If only Year is omitted transmission is executed at the predetermined time every year a Default values for transmit data with station data integrity assurance specified receive data with station data integrity assurance specified The default values are as follows depending on the network type refer to 1 Parameter Setting window MNET H mode control station Not specified for both transmission and reception MNET 10 mode control station MNET H extended mode control station Specified for both transmission and reception 125 5 Utility Operations 5 5 7 Operating the Target Setting Window This operation sets the Logical Sta No for access to a multiple CPU system 1 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 2 Set a programmable controller CPU as the Target CPU 1 Target setting PS MELSECHETA utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Te Target module 1 slot channel No 51 v Logical Sta
185. g Add class Project Properties 3g Add Resource Add New Item Ctrl Shift 4 i Add Existing Item Ctrl D Dij New Filter Show All Files References Set as StartUp Project Custom Build Rules Tool Build Order t 4 To the next page 149 6 Functions and Programming From the previous page WindowsApplication1 Property Pages onfiguroton ActvetDebon Common Properties E Configuration Properties General Debugging Browse Information Build Events E Custom Buld Step E Bafom actvetwrs2y By EEN Ignore All Def Ignore Specific Library Module Definition Fie Delay Loaded DLLs Assembly Link Resource Additional Dependencies Specifies additional tems to add to the link ine ex kernel32 lb configuration specific Additional Dependencies Ok Cancel apot QBFFunc32 lib MdFunc32 lib Inherited values V Inherit from parent or project defaults 5 Select Configuration Properties Linker Input on the navigation pane on the left and select Additional Dependencies and select the Ga button 6 Enter the library file names shown as follows When using bus interface function QBFFunc32 lib When using MELSEC data link function MdFunc32 lib 150 6 Functions and Programming 6 3 3 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic The following shows setup operation w
186. gh MELSECNET H modules 1 Configuration Ee Connected Connected CPU module module Relay network 3 MELSECWinCPU module 4 Relay Relay destination destination CPU module 2 Accessibility table The following table shows the accessibility Own Sta can be accessed 4 a destination CPU 2 Connected 1 Connected network 3 Relay network oou station CPU QnACPU ACPU CC Link IE field network CC Link IE controller network MBLSECNETE ae a a MELSECNET H QCPU Q mode MELSECNET 10 8 MBLSECNET D CC Link O Accessible x Not Accessible 1 Itis possible when control CPU of passed network is only entire universal model QCPU since the Sta No field 65 2 The MELSECNET H modules of the connected station can be accessed when in MELSECNET H mode 3 The MELSECNET 10 H modules of the connected station can be accessed when in MELSECNET 10 mode 203 7 Accessible Range and Devices 4 Relay destination CPU 2 Connected 1 Connected network 3 Relay network QCPU station CPU CC Link IE field network CC Link IE controller network ae ee es ee QCPU Q mode mesecnemo o o o o MELSBCNETAD Corme Link MBLSBCNETUD potent oj Thane a link lcotink Link ee oe MELSECNET 10 mersecnemo o o o o QnACPU QOPU A mode ACPU O Accessible x Not Accessible 1 Itis possible when contro
187. he Sta No in the Device monitor utility or user program MELSEC data link function Use the Logical Sta No when accessing another station CPU another CPU No in the multiple CPU system from the target module channel No When accessing a CPU module controlling another station station 1 to 64 or a MELSECNET H module of another station do not use the Logical Sta No but a Sta No used by MELSECNET H 2 The target CPU can be set only when the CPU module set to Sta No is the one that can configure a multiple CPU system 127 5 Utility Operations 2 Example of access When Logical Sta No 65 is used it is possible to access CPU No 4 via a MELSECNET H module controlled by CPU No 2 Network No 1 from the MELSECNET H module controlled by the MELSECWinCPU module From the Device monitor utility or user program MELSEC data link function CPU No 4 can be accessed by opening Channel No 51 and specifying 65 as the Sta No Control station Normal station QJ71LP21G Multiple CPU system 1 slot channel No 51 eee MELSECWinCPU ta No 5 module is control CPU 0 2 is control CPU MITSUBISHI Network No 1 The target window for the above access is shown below HR MELSECHETA utitity Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Paramet
188. he next time the Module Monitor window is opened b Monitoring and testing For the monitoring and testing of a module performed on this window output Y forcible output and forcible writing to buffer memory operation is performed on a module mounted to a Slot No set from this window Note that a test can be performed only on modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module c Notes when the module configuration is changed When the module configuration is changed after the launch of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility perform the following operation to update information up to the state after the module configuration change Click on the button Open a separate window other than the Module Monitor window and then open the Module Monitor window again 46 5 Utility Operations 2 Module monitor window Monitors the input X status the output Y status and the buffer memory status for the module mounted on the selected slot It is possible to forcibly output the output Y and forcibly write to buffer memory from this window fifi MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1 0 assignment setting i Target setting Communication diagnostics Module information Online operation System setting Slot No od Start 1 0 No 0000 Control CPU No 1 Type Empty Output Buffer memory Offset Error code Format IDEC HEX
189. he parameters No CC Link parameters are set Set CC Link parameters and write to MELSECWinCPU module Please set CC Link parameters Failed to read the parameters The probable causes Set CC Link parameters and write to MELSECWinCPU module Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a hardware are No CC Link parameters are set failure or not The operating system is faulty Check the available capacity of the save destination Check the save destination media Failed to save the parameter file Respecify the save destination so that the total characters of the Confirm the destination to save location name and the file name should be up to 128 Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character Specified file pass exceeds 255 characters Specify a file path with up to 255 characters Please specify it again Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Failed to open the Help file Can not open Module detail information screen Specify a module No within the No of mounted modules There is not the number of modules The number of retries setting value is wrong In the other setting specify the retry count within the range of 1 7 Please input a value within the range 1 7 If there is any 8points Remote station please set them In the station information setting specify the value 8 to the No of in pairs points for remote stations as the total for two units
190. heck for intelligent function module Parameter check for link module CC Link MELSECNET H Detected CPU error on multiple CPU system or multiple CPU consistency error A fault in the power supply module or the MELSECWinCPU module was detected The link device refresh time with the MELSECNET H module exceeded the setting value Detection timing Power ON reset Power ON reset Power ON reset Power ON reset Periodic monitoring power ON reset Periodic monitoring power ON reset Periodic monitoring power ON reset 8 Actions against Errors Detection operation Display error in MELSEC WinCPU setting utility ERR LED Tluminates blinking 2 Log in event viewer 4 warning 3 O 11 12 O Performed Not performed 231 8 Actions against Errors 1 2 3 4 Bt 6 7 g 9 10 11 12 13 In the Error time output mode of the I O Module amp Intelligent Function Module Detailed Setting screen accessible from the I O Assignment Setting screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility you can select whether to clear or keep the output state of each module in the case where a STOP error occurred on the MELSECWinCPU module ERR LED lights up for STOP errors and blinks for CONTINUATION errors When more than one STOP or CONTINUATION errors and alerts are detected the latest error code is displayed in the
191. heck the If you used the relay via multiple CPU system the A startup of the system which relay data and 4A00H management CPU of the network module which relay data then start communication did not work When you constructed duplex system If you constructed duplex system you started the connect a tracking cable and start system A communication to other stations via a network module when system B in order Then start the system A system B had not been decided communication again 4A01H The network with No set to a rooting parameter is absent Check the Tooting parameters setto related Sta and modify them 4A02 Check the rooting parameter set to a H Failed to access the specified station relational station and modify it Check if network module link module had The accessed module or the relay station had some problems 4B00 some problems or got offline condition H Or the specified connection requested I O No of modules is haa Check the specified module to access I O ad No or station number of the target module 4BO1 Execute the request for the 1st module of a The target is not the 1st module of multiple CPU system multiple CPU system 4B02 Execute the request for the module which H The request was not for CPU module support the specified function The specified route was not supported for the version of the 4B03H specified module Check if the specified route was supported The CPU module selected as c
192. hen Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic is used lication Microsoft Visual Studio Project Build Debug Team Data Tools Test Window a Add Windows Form ig Add User Control ig Add Component Ye Add Module Mg Add Class EJ Add New Item Ctrl Shift A Ei Add Existing Item Ctrl D Exclude From Project Show Al Files Add Reference Add Service Reference Refresh Project Toolbox Items WindowsApplication1 Properties Add Existing Item WindowsApplication1 Look in Include E Desktop amp Projects My Computer Objectname QbfFunc32 a Cau Objects of type ve Code Files vb resx settings xsd wsd Cancel Wal Ee Ea WindowsApplication1 Sa My Project ES Form1 vb Hf obfFunc32 vb a Solution Explorer E AAEE 1 Start up Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic and select the menu item Project Add Existing Item 2 Select the files shown as follows 1 When using bus interface function Select QbfFunc32 vb QbfFunc32 vb is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 2 When using MELSEC data link function Select Mdfunc vb Mdfunc vb is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development pe
193. his manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice
194. ice name specification 1 255 3 network No Direct link special register other Sta side 28001 28255 6D61n GE5Fu DevLSW 1 DevLSW 255 Argument value for device name specification 1 255 8 network No Special direct buffer register 714818 7247H DevSPG 0 DevSPG 255 Argument value for device name specification 0 255 3 Start I O No 16 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSEC functions and the include file 3 The mdRandR function ends normally even if an actually not existing device is specified The data read becomes 1 170 6 Functions and Programming 3 Device types dedicated for Q Series bus interface Device type Code specification Device Device name specification Decimal Hexadecimal DevSPB1 DevsPB2 DevSPB3 CPU shared memory Machine No 3 area DevSPB4 CPU shared memory Machine No 4 area 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSEC functions and the include file 4 CC Link dedicated device type Device type Code specification Hexadecimal Device Device name specification DevX Own Sta RX DevY Own Sta RY DevSM Own Sta SB link special B for CC Link Own Sta SW DevSD link special W for CC Link Own Sta SB Special B for CC Link 2 Own Sta SW link special W for CC Link 8 DevQSB DevQSW DevMRB DevWw DevWr DevSPB DevRBM DevRAB DevRX Own Sta random a
195. ield and 255 is displayed in the Sta No field 2 To access a multiple CPU system select another station enter 0 to the network No field and enter the value of Logical Sta No set by each utility 1 Selecting the menu Select Setting Network Setting from the menu bar 2 Dialog box Network Setting Channel 42 q Series Bus Interface x Network Setting C Own Sta Other Sta Set the channel to be used Channel For more details on this refer to 6 5 Channel Set the own Sta and other Sta along with network No and Sta No Network Setting For more details on this refer to 6 6 Sta No Setting 133 5 Utility Operations 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored Set the device to be monitored Devices that can be monitored through 16 point mode monitoring are devices that can be randomly accessed If a device that cannot be randomly accessed is specified a device type error 3 occurs For whether or not devices can be randomly accessed refer to Chapter 7 Accessible Range Device 1 Selecting the menu Select Setting Device setting from the menu bar 2 Dialog box Batch monitor 16 point register monitor Device Setting Device Setting Device Device Type Device Type input Device Type x input Device Type DeviceNo DeviceNo f HEX DEC OCT HEX C DEC C OCT 00B0 Register Device Lis
196. ified file cannot be read because the Install the version of the MELSECNET H utility by which the MELSECNET H utility version is different file was created The specified file is not a parameter file of the MELSECNET H utility Check the specified file Check the specified file Limit the total No of characters for the file location and file Unable to open the specified file name to 128 Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character The hours setting is out of range Within the range of 0 23 specify the hour of the system Please input with in the range of 0 23 timer Can not short hours Specify the hour of the system timer The start I O No is not set U Specify a setting value of start I O No within the range of 0 Please input the start I O No with in the range of 0 XX Can not set all stations as Reserved stations Change at least one reserved station specified for network Please change any of the station to other than reserved range assignment to a non reserved station station The target CPU No setting value is outside the range Specify a setting value of target CPU No within the range of 1 Please input the value within the range 1 4 4 The relay destination station No setting value is Specify the setting value of the relay destination station No outside the range within the range of 1 64 Please input a value within the range 1 64 The relay destina
197. ighth point 11th point 12th point 13th point 14th point 15th point 16th point m m j m N m ww m A 16 49 Use parameters to set which m ol Intelligent function module interrupt intelligent function module to oo a i ie E E E BE BE ai ag be used When multiple interrupts occur simultaneously it is not possible to specify the order of interruption event notifications to be issued 53 5 Utility Operations 5 3 6 Operating the I O Assignment Setting Window Makes the parameter setting I O assignment setting of MELSECWinCPU module Sets I O assignment for slots and sets parameters relating to the base units to which modules are mounted 1 When a multiple CPU system is configured divert the multiple CPU parameters set in QCPU Q mode Diverting the multiple CPU parameters can prevent inconsistency between the MELSECWinCPU module settings and the settings of each programmable controller CPU 2 When a multiple CPU system is configured do the I O assignment setting after finishing the Multiple CPU Setting window setting 3 To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module 1 I O assignment setting window Af MELSECWincPU setting utility Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting
198. igurator PT GX Configurator FL GX Configurator AS 65 5 Utility Operations 5 4 CC Link Utility This section describes operations of CC Link utility Notes on CC Link utility is as follows 1 Details of parameters For the details of parameters refer to CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual 2 Maximum No of utilities for simultaneous use More than one CC Link utility cannot be started at the same time Only one can be started at a time 3 Note on written parameters The parameters written to the MELSECWinCPU module are enabled when the module is reset 5 4 1 CC Link Utility Function List This section describes functions of CC Link utility Referring Description Paragraph Reading saving a parameter Saves the parameters set by the CC Link utility into a file and reads setup file them Displays information of the CC Link utility local managed by the Module information MELSECWinCPU module Displays the line connection conditions of other station Station in the CC Link network Online operation Loads writes verifies CC Link parameter Parameter setting Sets the parameter of CC Link utility Sets Logical Sta No to access any CPU module in the multiple CPU Other station monitor system to which CC Link utility are mounted Performs a network test and line connection test with respect to mounted CC Link utility 66 5 4 2 Operating the Module Informat
199. ing 6 8 3 Data Communication Without Using the Automatic Refresh For data communication functionality using CPU shared memory the following explains an overview of processing when data communication is performed without using the automatic refresh of the programmable controller CPU 1 Overview of processing of data communication without using automatic refresh Overview of processing of data communication without using automatic refresh is as follows Programmable controller CPU MELSECWinCPU module CPU shared memory CPU shared memory Host CPU operation Host CPU operation information area information area d module s QBF_FromBuf Writing by Data written with S TO MELSECWinCPU s Command user free area QBF_ToBuf User free area 1 Written with S TO Command on 2 Writing by programmable controller CPU MELSECWinCPU s QBF ToBuf Device User program Execution of S TO Command i Execute the QBF_ToBuf 4 Read with FROM inction Command on Execute the QBF_FromBuff Execution of FROM Command programmable function controller CPU Operation upon executing ladder program on programmable controller CPU 1 Writes data to the user free area in the CPU shared memory of the programmable controller CPU with S TO Command 4 Reads data from the user free area in the MELSECWinCPU module into the specified device of the programmable controller CPU with FROM Command Operation upon executing bus interface function on MELSECWinCPU module
200. ing for a target to make the above access CC Link utility Module information Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Test r Target module fi slot channel No 81 Logical Sta No s4 Sta No 5s Target CPU x CC Link Target setting list Logical Sta No Target CPU Change e E Delete A Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit C Melsec QBFIPARAM cclink ccl 85 5 Utility Operations 5 4 7 Operating on Network Test Window This screen executes network test or lining on installed CC Link utility 1 Execute network test and line test when CC Link is under online status Executing network test and line test under off line status of CC Link utility results in an error Network tests and line connection tests cannot be performed when in offline 2 Line test station specified is executed if an error occurred in line test all stations If line test all stations results in normal status line test station specified is not necessary 1 Test Window S CC Link utility Module information Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting i Target module f Slot Start 1 0 No r Self station information Sta No l Test item Line test Start Device monitor Load file Save file New Selects the channel to be used Target module 5 4 i Initial value 1 slot
201. ion Window 5 Utility Operations This window displays various types of information about the CC Link module own Sta managed by the MELSECWinCPU module It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Module information window CC Link utility Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Test Target module Stop monitor 1 Slot Start 1 0 No 0000 ChannelNo 81 Sta No 0 Master station Link scantime 0 ms Data link status Disconnectingllink error Error status Timeout error Details 2 Slot Start 1 0 No 0040 ChannelNo 82 Sta No l 1 Local station Link scantime 0 ms Data link status Waiting for receiving parameters Error status Normal Details i 4 Peel Tea e peer Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit C Melsec QBF PARAM cclink ccl 67 5 Utility Operations Select CC Link utility whose module information you want to display Initial value 1 4 Slot setting range 1 4 Slot 5 8 Slot Start I O No Displays the start I O No of a CC Link utility Channel No Displays Channel No of CC Link module 2 Displays lt Sta No gt lt Station type gt lt Operation mode gt The display range for lt Sta No gt is 0 64 and the display range for lt Station For the details of lt Oper
202. ion corresponding with the No of the error H 1BH information information triggered during diagnostic is stored 10u Vacant Camotbeusea oS 1D Switch stat MELSECWinCPU Stores the MELSECWinCPU module s switch status mo pensia switch status 0 RUN 1 STOP MELSECWinCPU Stores the MELSECWinCPU module s LED bit pattern 1EH LED status LED status refer to Fig 1 below 1FH MELSECWinCPU MELSECWinCPU Ee CWin CPU S tores the MELSECWinCPU module s operation status module operation module operation refer to Fig 2 below 1 Contains 0 if no error occurs Fig 1 LED Status B15 B12 B11 B8 B7 B4 B3 BO 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 RDY 2 ERR 8 BAT 4 B RUN 5 USER 6 8 Reserved 1 LED state 0 OFF 1 ON 2 Blinking Fig 2 Operation Status B15 B12 B11 B8 B7 B4 B3 BO lt lt _ _ _ _ _ _ gt 2 1 1 CPU state 0 RUN 1 Reserved 2 STOP 2 STOP factor 0 B RST B RUN SW 1 3 Reserved 4 error 176 6 Functions and Programming 6 8 2 Data Communication When Using Automatic Refresh settings For data communication functionality using CPU shared memory the following explains an overview of processing and settings when data communication is performed using the automatic refresh of the programmable controller CPU and motion CPU 1 Overview of processing of data communication using automatic refresh Overview of processing of data communication using automatic
203. iple of 16 minus 1 can be set to the End of LX LY and LB a ooms e e e When network type is MNET Hmode Sen a eee e 0000H 3FFFH point O e e e 9 3 control station ne ne ne nd point ne ne ne nd 3 Network type is set on the Parameter setting window For more details on this refer to 1 Parameter setting window 118 5 Utility Operations 2 Routing parameter setting window Set a transfer destination relay destination network No and relay destination station No MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module cannot be used as relay stations that work as bridges For relay stations use MELSECNET H modules managed by a programmable controller CPU that can configure a multiple network system Routing parameter setting Transfer to network Intermediate network Intermediate station Maximum size of transient transmission when relaying other networks Channel No 51 960 Words 480 Words Channel No 52 960 Words 480 Words Channel No 53 C 960 Words 480 Words Channel No 54 960 Words 480 Words 960 words setting can be set when the intermediate station and target station of transient transmission which relayed other network No are the MELSEC O series modules Clear Check n Cancel Transfer to network No Sets Transfer to network No Initial valu
204. is set from Network coverage assignment on the Parameter Setup window For more details on this refer to 1 Parameter setting window 124 5 Utility Operations This item is set to prevent Integrity Loss Prevention maintain integrity of a Secured data send station s link data in cyclic transmission This makes it possible to manipulate Secured data receive data of multiple words without interlock Note that the above prevention 2 is effective only for link device refresh processing between MELSECWinCPU module and MELSECNET H module Initial value refer to 5 a Default values for transmit data with station data integrity assurance specified receive data with station data integrity assurance specified Set the No of transient transmissions total on a whole network that can be Maximum No of f executed by one network during 1 link scan transients in 1 scan M Initial value 2 setting range 1 255 Maximum No of Set the No of transient transmissions that can be executed by one station during transients in one 1 link scan Initial value 2 setting range 1 10 Setting for the maximum No station of transient times per scan Beside normal cyclic transmission sets the condition for low cycle transmission Specification of low speed cyclic low speed cyclic transmission of link data LB LW This item can be set only transmission when Low speed LB and Low s
205. ister other Sta side DevLW 1 DevLW 255 Direct link special relay DevLSB 1 DevLSB 255 other Sta side Direct link special register other Sta side DevLSW 1 DevLSW 255 Special direct buffer register DevSPG 0 DevSPG 255 Other Sta buffer memory DevRBM Other Sta random access buffer DevRAB 194 O Accessible x Not Accessible Device type Device Device name specification Other Sta RX Other Sta RY Other Sta link register Other Sta SB link special B for CC Link Other Sta SW link special W for CC Link DevSPB1 Machine No 1 DevSPB2 Machine No 2 DevSPB3 Machine No 3 IDevSPB4 Machine No 4 CPU shared memory 7 Accessible Range and Devices Used function Programmable controller CPU Batch O Accessible x Not Accessible 195 7 Accessible Range and Devices Nek Access via CC Link Utility This section describes accessible range and accessible devices via CC Link utility 72a Accessible Range Devices accessible via CC Link utility are only CC Link master station connected with CC Link utility Programmable controller CPU of local station MELSECWinCPU module intelligent device station and personal computer with CC Link board installed Self station Master or local station controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Programmable controller CPU at other station Master or local station
206. isual Basic Japanese and English editions Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual C Japanese and English editions Programming language 2 o Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic Japanese and English editions Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual C Japanese and English editions Display Resolution 800 x 600 dots or higher Recommended 1024 x 768 dots 1 User program created in Japanese environment is not executable in English environment User program created in English environment is not executable in Japanese environment 2 When developing programs refer to Section 2 1 2 System Configuration when developing and debugging It does not support following functions of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 If you use these functions this product may not work in order Fast User Switching Remote Desktop Large Fonts Detail settings of display properties Standby Mode Languages switching from Regional and Language Options 18 2 System Configuration 2 4 S W Configuration 2 4 1 S W Package Configuration S W package configuration of MELSECWinCPU module bus interface driver attached to MELSECWinCPU is as follows 1 Folder Configuration in CD ROM lt SW1PNC WCPU B gt Disk1 Sample GX_COM E English GX_ComEng Japanese GX_ComJpn Help setupdir E English Driver Japanese EnvMEL Manual EnvMELENG E English EnvMELJPN Japanese Include Lib 2 Details of Files in CD RO
207. it of points that F send range for each CPU is word send range for each CPU is word lt CPU shared memory of No 1 gt lt CPU shared memory of No 2 gt lt CPU shared memory of No 3 gt lt CPU shared memory of No 4 gt 0H 0H 0H OH Host CPU operation E Host CPU operation E Host CPU operation 7 Host CPU operation 1FFH information area 1FFH information area 1FFH information area 1FFH information area 200H 200H 200H 200H System area System area System area System area 7FFH 7FFH 7FFH 7FFH 800H Auto refresh area 800H Auto refresh area 800H Auto refresh area 800H 810H Auto refresh Auto refresh son gory area for setting2 er Si g3FH area for setting2 830H 840H 840H User free area User free area User free area FFFH FFFH FFFH FFFH 3 800H Auto refresh 30FH area for setting User free area 800H Auto refresh 800H Auto refresh 2 gary area for setting 81FH 2rea for setting aren For etting Notes when data communication is performed using automatic refresh Depending on the timing of writing to the automatic refresh area from your own Sta and the timing of reading from a different ID device data of each device ID device may have old and new data together Create an interlock program to perform automatic refresh and avoid using data of a different ID device if old data and new one are mixed together 179 6 Functions and Programm
208. itch setting for I O and intelligent function module window Switch setting For details refer to 2 Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module window Opens the Intelligent function module detailed setting window Detail setting For details refer to 3 Intelligent function module detailed setting window Bandi ke base model of the used base unit Sets power model of the mounted power module Extension cable Sets type of the used extension cable Specifies Slot No of the used base unit Initial value None setting range 2 3 5 8 10 12 Selects between Auto and Detail for the base mode Base mode Initial value Auto setting range Auto Detail 8 slot default Collectively sets the specified slot No to the base units 12 slot default Reads the multiple CPU system parameter part from a file created by GX Import multiple CPU parameter Developer software for MELSEC Q Series For details refer to 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters Changes the settings to default 1 When a multiple CPU system is configured make the settings for the MELSECWinCPU module and the settings for each programmable controller CPU equal 2 Can be set only at the time a multiple CPU system is configured 55 5 Utility Operations 2 Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module window Sets the I O
209. its Refer to 5 3 6 1 Make the switch setting and the detailed setting Refer to 5 3 6 2 3 for each module ses 2 gt Write the configured parameters into the oe ea ees to 5 3 4 MELSECWinCPU module ER b To the next page 21 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings From the promos page b Reset the bus interface driver using the toggle switch on the MELSECWinCPU module The written parameters can be enabled through this reset operation Refer to MELSECWinCPU oe na Manual Make the toggle switch on the MELSECWinCPU module ied ree SEn B STOP gt B RUN and check if the status of the Hunchon Explanacon MELSECWinCPU module is changed to RUN B RUN LED lighted ON Check the operating condition whether or not an error Refer to 5 3 exists etc using the Module Information screen and the rags Module Monitor screen in the MELSECWinCPU Setup utility Whether or not an error occurs a To the previous page Yes Perform startup procedure 5 when Refer to 5 using CC Link System Perform startup procedure 6 when Refer to 6 using MELSECNET H System Create and debug a user program using Visual C Refer to Chapter 6 Visual Basic and then execute that program on the MELSECWinCPU module 22 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 4 Startup procedure when a multiple CPU system is built Before the following startup procedur
210. ity For details refer to 5 3 11 Loading initial setting data file and using multiple CPU parameters The multiple CPU parameters set saved in MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility are not available in MELSEC Q Series Software e g GX Developer and GX Works2 You can not access a MELSECWinCPU module specifying its station No from MELSEC Q Series Software e g GX Developer and GX Works2 If you did so the following message appears It could not get the type name of PC because of the limitation of the specified path Please confirm if you communicate with the PC type your application supports For the reset specifications when a multiple CPU system is configured refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 3 4 5 Notes on accessing remote station from a MELSECWinCPU module Simultaneous remote access to 257 or more station from a MELSECWinCPU module using utilities user program provided by SW1PNC WCPU B and Mitsubishi product software package may result in degraded communication performances Limit the No of station to 256 or less for simultaneous remote station access from a MELSECWinCPU module When accessing a remote station from the MELSECWinCPU module via a bus interface MELSECNET H module or CC Link module second and subsequent communication operations must wait until any previous communication operation completes Accordingly a time out on one communication operati
211. ity Type Date Time Source if System Information 10 25 2011 1 59 14PM Tcpip 3 Internet Explorer Awarning 10 25 2011 1 59 04 PM elqexpress A warning 10 25 2011 1 59 04PM_ elqexpress G information 10 25 2011 1 58 59PM_ Tepip information 10 25 2011 1 58 58PM_ elqexpress information 10 25 2011 1 58 58 PM gaiki error 10 25 2011 1 58 57 PM Information 10 25 2011 1 59 06 PM Information 10 25 2011 1 59 06 PM _eventlog s 1 Errors in MELSECWinCPU module are indicated as mqbf at Source 3 Verifying Error code An error code is displayed at the potion shown below Event Properties Event Date Source mqbf Time 1 58 57 PM Category None Type Eror EventID 523 User N A Computer STANDARD Error code and error information are displayed here For more details on this refer to 8 3 4 Detailed error description and actions Data Bytes O Words 0000 00 00 00 00 03 00 4a 00 0008 00 00 00 00 Ob 02 07 cO 0010 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 229 8 Actions against Errors 8 3 2 Detection timings and operation J Detection operation Display error in MELSEC WinCPU setting utility ERR LED Illuminates blinking 2 Detection Halt timing output 1 warning 3 System WDT Detected a system WDT Continuous 0 2 A a oer ee 2 User WDT error Detected a user WDT Continuous O 12 ae el eae ee PCI bus error detected Battery error detected De
212. keep the manual in a safe place for future reference Design Instructions A WARNING When changing data and controlling status upon an operating sequencer from the MELSECWinCPU module safety operation of the total system must always be maintained For that purpose configure an interlock circuit externally to the sequencer system Countermeasures against communication errors caused by cable connection failure etc must be specified by means of on line operation of programmable controller CPU from the MELSECWinCPU module A CAUTION Read the manual thoroughly and carefully and verify safety before running the online operations with connected MELSECWinCPU module and with an operating programmable controller CPU especially when performing forcible output and changing operation status Operation error may result in damaging the system or an accident Installation Precautions A CAUTION Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing modules Failing in disconnecting power supply in all phases may lead to damaging the product or out of control MELSECWinCPU module Notes on operations 1 Notes on operation on Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Operating System 2 a b Installation and uninstallation of SWIPNC WCPU B and usage of utilities are available only by the administrator s authority When Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is used the fo
213. l CPU of passed network is only entire universal model QCPU since the Sta No field 65 204 7 Accessible Range and Devices 7 3 2 Accessible Devices This section describes devices accessible via MELSECNET H module 1 Batch and Random in the table indicates the following Batch Batch writing mdSend Batch reading mdReceive Random Random writing mdRandW Random reading mdRandR bit setting mdDevSet bit resetting mdDevRst 2 BitSet mdDevSet function and BitReset mdDevRst function can access bit devices only 1 Own Sta accessing The following lists the devices accessible via the MELSECNET H module controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Device type Device Used function Accessibility Device name specification Own Sta link input internal buffer DevX LX buffer Random Own Sta link output internal buffer EA DevY LY buffer tea Own Sta link relay internal buffer E DevB LB buffer Random Own Sta link register internal Batch DevW buffer LW buffer Random Own Sta direct link special relay eel DevSM DevQSB SB soe Own Sta direct link special register DevSD DevQSW SW EE O Accessible x Not Accessible 205 7 Accessible Range and Devices 2 Other Sta access The following Access target CPUs from 1 7 are used for description Target CPU ainceu 2 A0J2HCPU A1S H CPU A1SJ H CPU A2CU CPU A2NCPU S1 A2S H CPU 3 A2ACPUCS1
214. l computer and use it Folder Include 2 When using MELSEC data link function Select a folder storing Mdfunc vb Mbfunc vb is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 4 Add include at the start of a program 1 When bus interface functions are used Add include lt QbfFunc32 h gt at the start of a program 2 When MELSEC data link functions are used Add include lt Mdfunc h gt at the start of a program 147 6 Functions and Programming 2 When specifying library files 1 Start up Visual Studio 2008 Visual C and select Test Window Help Attach to Process Ctrl Alt P Tools Options menu Device Security Manager Connect to Device Device Emulator Manager Connect to Database Connect to Server Code Snippets Manager Ctrl K Ctrl B Choose Toolbox Items Add in Manager Macros Partner Products Catalog Dotfuscator Community Edition WCF Service Configuration Editor External Tools Import and Export Settings Customize s Options Environment Projects and Solutions General Build and Run VB Defaults VC Directories VC Project Settings Source Control Text Editor Database Tools E Debugging E Device Tools HTML Designer E Office Tools E Test Tools B Text Templati
215. l module CC Link module QJ61BT11 type CC Link system master amp local module Generic term for Q81BD J61BT11 Q80BD J61BT11N ECP CL2BD type CC Link system CC Link board master local interface board Serial communication Generic term for QJ71C24N QJ71C24N R2 QJ71C24N R4 QJ71C24 QJ71C24 R2 module emaa eek term for Interrupt module that MELSECWinCPU module supports 1 Intelligent function Generic term for Intelligent function module that MELSECWinCPU module supports module Generic product name of SW8D5C GPPW J SW8D5C GPPW JA SW8D5C GPPW JV GX Developer SW8D5C GPPW JVA Generic product name of SWnDNC GXW2 J SWnDNC GXW2 JA GX Works2 n means its version 1 For the supporting modules refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 10 1 Outline 1 Outline Thank you for purchasing the MELSEC Q series compatible MELSECWinCPU module bus interface driver software package Before use please read this document carefully to understand functions and performances of the MELSEC Q series compatible MELSECWinCPU module bus interface driver software package thoroughly 1 1 Features The features of the MELSEC Q series compatible MELSECWinCPU module bus interface driver software package it is abbreviated as SW1PNC WCPU B in this manual are summarized below 1 I O modules and intelligent function modules are controlled from MELSECWinCPU module A us
216. l of a universal model QCPU in a lower slot number than modules under the control of a MELSECWinCPU module Control CPU module module number 2 Control CPU module module number 1 7 1 3 4 lt Slot No y Control CPU module module number 1 Universal model QCPU Whether the module X lt canbe inserted or not f Module number 1 Module number 2 4 When configuring a multiple CPU system with a MELSECWinCPU module use products with a serial No that has a value of 15042 or higher in its first 5 digits 5 For checking function version and serial No refer to manual of QCPU Q mode to be used 17 2 System Configuration 2 2 2 T O module and intelligent function module 1 Available I O module and intelligent function module For available I O module and intelligent function module refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 2 Notes on using I O module and intelligent function module For notes on using I O module and intelligent function module refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation 2 3 Operating Environment The following summarizes operating environment of SW1PNC WCPU B Applicable models MELSEC Q series compatible MELSECWinCPU module Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 V
217. le Directories CInstallbinbin WindowsSdkDin bin NETFX 4 0 Tools Include Directories C MELSEC QBF QBFTOOL Include IncludePath Reference Directories VCInstallDir etincib vCInstalDi ib Library Directories VCInstallinib 4 VCInstallbir atinfc lb WindowssaK Source Directories 4 CInstallbir atinfc src nFe vCInstallDir stinfc src mt Exclude Directories 4 CInstallirjinclude VCInstallir atimfctinelude Wir Executable Directories Path to use when searching for executable files while bulding a VC project environment variable PATH Configuration NA E Common Properties General User Macros VC Directories cic E Linker Manifest Tool Resources MIDL E XML Document Generator Browse Information Buld Events Custom Build Step Managed Resources Custom Build Too E XML Data Generator Tool Cx J Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Property Pages x Blstform NIA E General Executable Directories VCInstallbir bin WindowsSdkDin bin NETFX 4 0 Tools Include Directories C MELSEC QBF QBFTOOL Include IncludePath Reference Directories 4 VCInstalbiratinfclib f vCInstallbib Init WindowsSdkDirib FrameworkSDKDin Vib Source Directories Exclude Directories Library Directories Path to use when searching for ibrary files while building a YC project Corresponds to environment variable LIB PE es Library Directories
218. lity Monitors the statuses Gnput output buffer memory of mounted modules Sets parameters Performs online operation directed to the MELSECWinCPU module Sets parameters for the CC Link utilities managed by the CC Link utility IMELSECWinCPU module and monitors the network Sets parameters for the MELSECNET H module managed by the MELSECNET H utility 5 5 IMELSECWinCPU module and monitors the network Device Monitor Utility Monitors and tests the programmable controller CPU s device data Remarks If the error dialog box appears while operating any of the utilities handle the error by referring to Section 8 4 3 Actions upon the error message 5 1 Utility Common Operations This section explains the common operations for each utility 5 1 1 Starting a utility Start a utility by clicking one of the following menus inside Start Programs MELSECWinCPU module menu Bus Interface Function HELP Starts Bus Interface Function HELP CC Link Utility Starts CC Link Utility A Device Monitor Utility Starts Device Monitor Utility MELSEC Data Link Function HELP Starts MELSEC Data Link Function HELP Bi MELSECNET_H Utility Starts MELSECNET H Utility MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Starts MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility 37 5 Utility Operations 5 1 2 Ending a utility The following explains how to end a utility 1 To end the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility click the butt
219. llowing new functions cannot be used If any of the following new functions is used this product may not operate properly Activating the application with Windows compatible mode Simplified user switch over Remote desktop Large font size Advanced setting of Display Properties Under Windows Embedded Standard 2009 user programs may be executed with a delay due to scheduling by the operating system You should not use Windows Embedded Standard 2009 as the platform for applications which require constant periodicity or faster response 1 SWIPNC WCPU B has already been installed to the main body Notes on multiple CPU system configuration a b c d e In a multiple CPU system using a MELSECWinCPU module available programmable controller CPUs are as follows Basic model QCPU function version B or later High performance model QCPU function version B or later and a serial No 03051 or later in the first five digits Universal model QCPU a serial No 09072 or later in the first five digits When a multiple CPU system is configured a MELSECWinCPU module cannot be mounted to the left of the programmable controller CPU and the motion CPU Mount a MELSECWinCPU module to the right of the programmable controller CPU and the motion CPU The multiple CPU parameters set saved in MELSEC Q Series Software e g GX Developer and GX Works2 are also available in MELSECWinCPU Setting Util
220. m using Visual C Refer to Chapter6 Visual Basic and then execute that program on the MELSECWinCPU module End 28 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package This chapter describes procedures of installing and uninstalling SW1PNC WCPU B 4 1 Installing the software package This section describes installation of SW1PNC WCPU B SWIPNC WCPU B has already been installed after the shipment or after the recovery by an attached recovery media therefore you have not to install SW1PNC WCPU B again in their cases 29 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 4 1 1 Installing This section describes installation of SW1PNC WCPU B 1 When installing the SW1PNC WCPU B in the MELSECWinCPU module log in as a user who has the administrator privilege 2 Remove all the applications that are included in the startup then restart Windows before installing SWIPNC WCPU B To install SW1PNC WCPU B use Add or Remove Programs in Control Panel As an alternative method you can execute Setup exe Double click D EnvMEL EnvMELENG Setup exe in CD ROM then start the EnvMEL installation from item 6 8 And Double click D Setup exe in CD ROM then start the utilities installation from item 12 15 D described in the above means the drive name of a CD ROM drive Enter the drive name of a CD ROM drive you want to
221. mally Check the start I O No of the specified module Check the specified network No Sta No Check the setting of routing parameter Review the specified access destination Check the error occurred on the specified access destination or on the relay station s for the access station and take action If the CPU No of the C Controller module is not 1 it cannot reset Check the path that the specified request is supported Do not send a request causing error to MELSECWinCPU module 254 8 Actions against Errors Error description Actions Refer to following manuals Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System 475 3839 Reference Manual PLC to PLC network FE25H For QnA Q4AR MELSECNET 10 Network System Same as the left column F101n Reference Manual Type MELSECNET 10 Network system PLC to PLC network Reference Manual Destination Sta No specification error Check the specified Sta No 2174 The destination Sta No for the processing request is When issuing a request to the own Sta specify F782 specifying the own Sta 255 OxFF as the Sta No Refer to following manuals 16386 CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual 20222 CC Link System Master Local Module Type Same as the left column BFFFu AJ61QBT11 A1SJ61QBT11 User s Manual B102H CC Link System Master Local Module Type AJ61BT11 A1SJ61BT11 User s Manual Destination Sta
222. mation Parameter Parameter 3105 No Parameter 3107 No Parameter 3300 No Parameter 3301 No Error description An identical network No is used for Ethernet MELSECNET H and MELSECNET 10 Network No Sta No or group No specified by parameter is out of valid range T O No is out of valid range of used CPU Values of Ethernet specific parameters are invalid On multiple CPU system QJ61BT11 module controlled by other machine is specified as start I O No of CC Link setting parameter Although the No of CC Link utility was specified as one or more the actual No of mounted modules is 0 Start I O No of common parameter setting is different from actual I O No Different station types are specified in the module count setting parameter for CC Link CC Link parameters are faulty The specified mode is not available for the version of the mounted CC Link utility The start I O No in the intelligent function module s parameter specified in GX 8 Actions against Errors Action Correct and write network parameters If an error occurs even after correction hardware failure is suspected Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Delete CC Link setting parameter of QJ61BT11 controlled by other machine Change the parameter into start I O No of QJ61BT11 module controlled by own machine Correct and write network parameters If an erro
223. mation of DIP 3 switch 1 QBF_ReadStatus plinfo 0 bit8 3 Information of DIP Information of DIP QBF_ReadStatusEx switch 2 switch a T_T ee eee plinfo 2 bit17 PC card1 Built in battery error plinfo 3 bit11 HDD temperature error If the processing of your programs depends on CPU performance processing timing may change because Processing timing CPU performance increased Example The synchronism with other processing using loop counter O Supported x Not supported 4 The functional comparison of MELSECWinCPU PC CPU setting utility is shown below Shows the difference only m CPU Shows the information of DIP switch DIP switch 4 poles Shows the information of DIP switch DIP switch 6 poles Shows the temperature warning of hard disk Shows a PC card battery error Information of DIP switch Error information Check if fuses were cut ees o The setting of the number Sets the number of empty slots 1 of empty slots The setting of error check Check I O module collation error item Check a PC card battery error Check the temperature of hard disk O Supported x Not supported 1 MELSECWinCPU module does not need HDD module Therefore take care of the setting of empty slots 294 9 Appendix 5 The functional comparison of CC Link utility is shown below Shows the difference only There are no differences 6 The functional comparison of MELSECNET H
224. me of hardware error H W error time CPU operation occurring mode Initial value Stop setting range Stop Continue Sets the I O response time Modules mounted Initial value Setting range High speed inputmodule 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 6 1 T O response time Interrupt module Input module Input output mixed 1 5 10 20 70 module ms m Sets the Control CPU ia Initial value No 1 setting range No 1 No 4 2 Saves the sittings and closes I O module Intelligent function module detailed setting window Closes the I O module Intelligent function module detailed setting window without saving the settings 1 Ina multiple CPU system set the same value to the MELSECWinCPU module and that of programmable controller CPU 2 The setting range depends on the settings made in No of CPUs of the Multiple CPU Setting window 57 5 Utility Operations 5 3 7 Operating the Multiple CPU Setting Window Makes the parameter setting Multiple CPU setting of MELSECWinCPU module Sets the parameters related to the multiple CPUs 1 When a multiple CPU system is configured divert the multiple CPU parameters set in QCPU Q mode Diverting the multiple CPU parameters can prevent inconsistency between the MELSECWinCPU module settings and the settings of each programmable controller CPU 2 At the time a multiple CPU system is configured if the multiple CPU parameters of QC
225. menu bar Selectable for 16 point register monitor only Batch monitoring is displayed immediately after the device monitor is launched Set a device to be monitored from Settings Device Setup in the menu bar For details refer to Section 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored 2 Display window Device Monitor Utility Menu Setting Device Write Data Format Option Help 1 gt i i 0000 12 Q Series Bus Interface The Channel Information in the Current Display Screen Network No 0 Station No 1 Data Format Bit device Vertical indication Displays the current device status 1 Device information For changing the display form refer to 5 6 9 Switching Display Form Displays the current network status 2 Network status For setting the network refer to 5 6 4 Specifying monitor target Displays the device type word device bit device and its form For changing the device type refer to 5 6 5 Specifying device to be monitored For changing the display form refer to 5 6 9 Switching Display Form 131 5 Utility Operations 5 6 3 Specifying 16 point Register Monitor Monitors up to five bit devices and one word device simultaneously It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Selecting the menu Select M
226. module Delete interrupt pointer settings of parameter See error information in Event Viewer Check and correct parameter items relevant to the No Parameter No If the error remains even after correction of parameters this may be a failure in the MELSECWinCPU module Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Read detailed information of the error by peripheral device check parameter corresponding to the value Parameter No and correct the value If the error remains even after correction of parameters this may be a failure in the MELSECWinCPU module Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Make the No of mounted CPUs match specified No of modules on multiple CPU system CPU empty settings of I O assignment Specify multiple CPU settings and control CPU settings in accordance with reference machine Module No 1 For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in Start I O No 16 00001 OOF Fu 03E0u 03E39 242 Error code Error information Parameter No Parameter No 8 Actions against Errors Error description For the multiple CPU configuration a module other than the primary module is Change the setting of the online module specified in the online module replacement jreplacement parameter to the primary module parameter
227. module failure SOR transmission errors transmission error and take actions cable failure noise etc ON OFF of a station s power cable f Retry SWO00C8 SWOOC9 4 failure noise etc ON OFF of an adjacent station s Line trouble SWOOCC SW00CD I power cable failure noise etc ON OFF of an adjacent station s UNDER SWOOB8 SW00C0 power cable failure etc Disconnection of a station transmitting data to the relevant SW00B9 SW00C1 station cable failure hardware failure noise etc G OVER SWOOBA SW00C2 Cable failure hardware failure H SHORTFRAME SWOOBB SW00C3 noise etc PLL ERROR 1 Source station of data transmission ABORT SWOOBC SW00C4 was disconnected cable fault hardware fault noise etc Data link monitoring time too TIMEOUT SWOOBD SW00C5 short cable failure noise etc Exceeding 2KB SWOOBE SW00C6 Cable failure hardware failure D SWOOBF SWO00C7 noise etc The frequency of occurrence of each error is not a big problem as long as the No of occurrences does not increase frequently during operation If the No of occurrences increases frequently perform the following 1 Check the power ON OFF status of your own Sta and other Sta 2 Check the conditions of cables and connectors connectors disconnected or loosened cables disconnected cable lengths etc 3 Loopback test internal loopback test and hardware test 4 Inter station test and main loop
228. motion CPU Data communication without using automatic refresh of the programmable controller CPU b Data communication method selection To perform data communication using CPU shared memory select a data communication method based on the target CPU module The following shows whether communication is possible or not according to the data communication type Data communication method Data communication type Automatic refresh Automatic refresh Referring item used not used 6 8 2 Programmable Controller CPU lt gt MELSECWinCPU module Ca Wia 6 8 3 Motion CPU lt gt MELSECWinCPU module o es O Communication possible x Communication not possible 173 6 Functions and Programming 2 CPU Shared Memory Configuration For CPU shared memory configuration for the MELSECWinCPU module refer to Section 6 8 1 CPU Shared Memory Configuration 3 Function The following shows functions used in the data communication function using CPU shared memory Function name Description Writes to the CPU shared memory in the specified position of the module and writes to the QBF_ToBuf buffer memory of an intelligent function module Reads from the CPU shared memory in the specified position of the module and reads from QBF_FromBuf 2 the buffer memory of an intelligent function module 1 The mdSend function can be used instead of the QBF_ToBuf function 2 The mdReceive function can be used instead o
229. mounted mounted Because at least one of the mounted modules has a 1310 hardware failure check these modules and replace An interrupt occurred when no interrupt the faulty module s module is installed Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 00001 00FFu 03E0u1 03E3n 236 Error ft Error code _ i Error description information No response is returned from intelligent function module upon updating of initials Buffer memory size in intelligent function module is faulty Error was detected in intelligent function 1403 Module No module handshake error Execution of FROM TO instruction is 1412 Module No impossible due to control bus failure to intelligent function module In the multiple CPU system a module incompatible with the system is mounted A failure on the system bus was detected System bus self diagnostic error CPU module self diagnostic error For the multiple CPU configuration reset was blinking Or Windows was restarted only on the MELSECWinCPU 1413 1 the following format 8 Actions against Errors Hardware of accessed intelligent function module is faulty
230. n device is running reduce the frequency of accesses If an intelligent functional module or interruption unit frequently using interruption is running reduce the frequency of interruptions z ia the action described in 1 g yore the action described in 2 226 8 Actions against Errors 1 Increasing a link device refresh cycle value Increase the setting value of the link device refresh cycle to be larger than the actual measurement value of the maximum link device refresh time The actual measurement value of the maximum link device refresh time can be confirmed on the Module Information screen of the MELSECNET H utility refer to 5 4 2 or by using the QBF_ReadStatusEx function refer to the help information on bus interface functions For information about setting the link device refresh cycle refer to 5 4 6 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting Window 2 Reducing a link device refresh cycle value Reduce the logical value of the total link device refresh time to be smaller than the setting value of the link device refresh cycle by decreasing the No of points for refresh For more details on the setting value of the link device refresh cycle refer to 5 5 6 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting Window The logical value of the total link device refresh time can be calculated by the following formula B B T LB LX LY LW x 16 KM1 KM2 x _ gt I ms 5 16 BT To
231. n number is not a Ver 2Intelligent device station Please specify a Ver 2Intelligent device station number as the wait master station number Station information specified wait master station number is not an intelligent device station Please specify an intelligent device station number as the wait master station number The wait master station No setting value is wrong Please input a value within the range 1 XX The wait master station No setting value is wrong Please input it by there is no setting or a range of 1 The Target CPU No setting value is wrong Please input a value within the range 1 4 The delay time setting value is wrong Please input a value within the range 0 100 Failed to start up the Device monitor utility Driver is not started Or it is not a MELSECWinCPU module The Error occurred on execution of Network test Error code XX XXXXn Network test can execute data link start state only at the time of the following state In data link Suspend data link During Auto Returning Failed to read the version information Failed to start up the MELSECWinCPU setting utility An error occurred in communication with the MELSECWinCPU module Error code XX XXXXu Change the station type corresponding to the standby Master station No which was selected in the station information setting to Ver 2 intelligent device station Change the station type corresponding to the standby Ma
232. n Sta are Off normal communications 6 5 Channel The following summarizes channels used for MELSEC data link functions Q series bus interface Used for communication via bus Used for communication via MELSECNET H module controlled by MELSECNET H 1 4 slots MELSECWinCPU module Channel No are assigned starting from 51 in the order of I O No CC Link Used for communication via CC Link utility controlled by MELSECWinCPU 81 88 1 8 slots module Channel No are assigned starting from 81 in the order of I O No 166 6 Functions and Programming 6 6 Sta No Setting Sta No specified by the MELSEC data link function Sta No specification Own Sta 255 FFx Other Sta Specified range of Stta No 1 1n 64 40n Q series bus interface Logical Sta No are set from the Target setting tab of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility For details refer to 5 3 8 Operating the Target Setting Window Own Sta 255 FFu Other Sta 1 MELSECNET H Own Sta 255 FFx Other Sta 0 00H 63 3F H 65 41 239 EF x 2 3 1 Network No 1 1H 239 EF H When it specifies other Sta in own network or each Sta in other networks in the case it requests the transmittion for CC Link IE controller network MELSECNET H or MELSECNET 10 Sta No 1 1H 120 78H Other Sta Upper Lower byte byte lt How to specify a Logical Sta No gt Set 0 in the upper byte netwo
233. n is as follows Display Error invalid station An error invalid station is set PW setting 75 5 Utility Operations e Details on transient error Details on transient error is as follows Display Transient transmission err An error invalid station is set o Mo setting 2 All Stations view window A list of the communication status of other Sta is displayed All Stations view Each station information SERRE HEE BHREBEEREREERAE BEHEEREERR EERE BEEREEREEREEEREES Normal station B Eror station I Error invalid station Bi Reserved station D Temporary error invalid station Displays station s communication conditions Each station information For details refer to a Details on each station information Bo etoses the AIL Stations view window a Details on each station information Details on each station information is as follows Deppe Normal station Bror invalid station Reserved station Temporary error invalid station 76 5 Utility Operations 5 4 4 Operating the Online Operation Window Reads writes verifies CC Link parameters Operation on this window is not possible while the bus interface driver s resetting is in progress Perform operation after the reset operation is complete S CC Link utility Module information Other station monitor Parameter setting Target setting Test Read parameter Read the CC Link parameter from the M
234. n of Y QBF_Y_In Bit Inputs a Y point Perform 1 point input for Y QBF_Y_In_ Word Reads Y in word unit QBF_Y_ In Reads the specified No of bits from specified bit position of Y QBF_ToBuf Writes to buffer memory of intelligent function module QBF_FromBuf Reads from buffer memory of intelligent function module QBF_UnitInfo Reads the module configuration information QBF StartWDT Sets the interval of the WDT and start up the WDT QBF_ResetWDT Reset the WDT Resetthe WDP S O QBP StopWDT QBP ReadStatus QBP ReadStatusEx QBP Control LBD QBF Reset QBP_WaitBvent QBP WaitUnitEvent QBP ControlProgram Refer to bus interface function HELP of SW1PNC WCPU B for details of bus interface functions 143 6 Functions and Programming 6 2 2 MELSEC Data Link Function List MELSEC Data Link Function List as is follows Function name Function Remarks mdOpen Openscommunicationtoop oS S y O maClose Closes communicationtoop oS d O masend Performs batch write of devices mdReceive Performs batch read of devices maRanaw Writes device randomly oo d y O maRanaR Reads device randomly maDevSet Betsbitdeviee o d O maDevRst Resetsbit device o d O mdTypeRead Reads the type of programmable controller CPU mdControl Remotes RUN STOP PAUSE mdInit Refreshes the programmable controller device address table mdBdModSet Sets mode of network module controlled by MELSECWinCPU module Reads mode of network module c
235. n the Bus I F driver not activated message is displayed at startup of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility Bus I F driver not activated is displayed Is Q Series Bus Interface displayed in the device manager No Is Q Series Bus Interface displayed with a cross x in the device manager No Consult your local system service Install SW1PNC WCPU B desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Yes Enable Q Series Bus Interface in the device manager Start MELSECWinCPU setting utility Is Q Series Bus Interface displayed with a cross x in the device manager Started normally Yes Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation END 225 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 12 Flow for link refresh time over The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when link refresh time over occurred during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system An abnormal condition has occurred Are the user program and Stop the user program and connected connected peripheral peripheral devices and start the devices operating MELSECWinCPU module Did link refresh time over occur Aro i aetion deseribed i Perform one of the following actions If an application frequently accessing to the SSD is running reduce the frequency of accesses If an application frequently accessing to an external connectio
236. n the other setting specify the No of automatic parallel on modules within the range of 1 10 In the station information setting specify the receiving buffer size within the range of 0 and 64 4096 In the station information setting specify a station type which can satisfy the conditional expression 16xA 54xB 88xC lt 2304 Specify a start I O No within the range of 0000H OFEOu In the station information setting specify a value which is smaller than or equal to 64 as the total No of occupied stations for connected modules In the station information setting change the setting of at least one reserved station to None or Disabled station In the station information setting set the total transferring receiving buffer size to 4096 or less In the station information setting specify the transferring buffer size within the range of 0 and 64 4096 Specify the same No of station types as the total No of connected modules which is specified in the station information setting Specify the same No of occupied stations as the total No of connected modules which is specified in the station information setting In the other setting specify the standby Master station No within the range of 1 to the total No of connected modules the No specified in the station information setting 274 8 Actions against Errors Actions Station information specified wait master statio
237. nd abbreviations to describe the system Generic Description term Abbreviation Abbreviation for bus interface driver software package of MELSEC Q series compatible SW1PNC WCPU B IMELSECWinCPU module MELSECWinCPU Abbreviation for MELSEC Q series compatible MELSECWinCPU module module Generic term for AOJ2HCPU A1SCPU A1SCPUC24 R2 A1ISHCPU A1SJCPU AnNCPU A1SJCPU S3 AISJHCPU AINCPU A2CCPU A2CCPUC24 A2CCPUC24 PRF A2CJCPU IA2NCPU A2NCPU S1 A2SCPU A2SHCPU A83NCPU A1FXCPU Generic term for A2ZACPU A2ZACPU S1 AZACPUP21 R21 A2ZACPUP21 R21 S1 A3ACPUP21 R21 A3ACPU Generic term for A2ZUCPU A2UCPU S1 AZUSCPU A2USCPU S1 A2USHCPU S1 IA3UCPU A4UCPU ACPU Generic term for AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU Generic term for Q2Z2ACPU Q2ACPU S1 Q2ASCPU Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU Q2ASHCPU S1 Q3ACPU Q4ACPU Q4ARCPU QCPU A mode Generic term for basic model QCPU Q00JCPU is excluded high performance model QCPU process CPU universal model QCPU QOOUJCPU is excluded Basic model QCPU Generic term for Q00JCPU QOOCPU Q01CPU High performance model Generic term for QO2CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU QCPU AnUCPU QnACPU QCPU Q mode Process CPU Generic term for QO2PHCPU QO6PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU Generic term for QOOUJCPU QO0UCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q083UDCPU QUUDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU Q03UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UD
238. ne reant ede e EE ETE E E E E EO A E terete 143 6 2 1 Bus Interface Function List sss sseeseseesesessesesseseseestsesestertsesssststtsessesestesesessestsreseseesest 143 6 2 2 MELSEC Data Link Function List wo ieee ccccceessssssecceecssssscesccesessssseeceesesssseesesens 144 6 3 Settings for Using PUC OSa a a a aaa a A aaa ELE Ea Eini 145 6 3 1 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual Basic ccceccscesseeseeseseseeesseesseesees 145 6 3 2 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual C cccccesecsessecsseeeseeesseseeesseensees 146 6 3 3 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual Basic cccceessesseescesseesseeseesseesees 151 6 3 4 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual C cccccecceesccsecsteeeseeesseeeseeseensees 152 6 4 Programming Procedures cccccccsssessessscesscessceseeeseceseceseeeseceseceseceseeesseseceseceseeeaeceseesseeeaeens 159 6 4 1 Using Bus Interface Function 00 0 ee ceeccesccsscsceeseeseccecesceeeseceesessessaeeeseceeseseeeeeeeeeesees 160 6 4 2 Using MELSEC data link functions 0 ee ee eecececcenscesceeseeeeeceseceseessecesecsseeeseeneeeeseensees 165 6 5 Chine aaa taea a EE ea r E oa a a REEE shea KET Re AE A amass 166 6 6 Sta No SEtINE orire en a R TE E EE EO ASEE EEEE AEA IEEE 167 6 7 Device Type arsso A e ta eds occu les ete cl eh A eect ahaa cs 168 6 8 Data Communication via programmable controller Shared Memory ccccsseeeeseeees 173 6 8 1
239. ng E Windows Forms Designer E Workflow Designer Show all settings TR eee 2 Select Projects and solutions VC Directories on Win32 Library files TNA menas the navigation pane on the left and select button vCInstallDir atimFc lib VCInstallDir atinfc ib i386 E Hreanonaoronib while selecting Library files in the Show directories araon for field in the upper right lt i gt E rep rere Then clicks the mP button Corresponds to environment variable LIB Cea 4 To the next page 148 6 Functions and Programming From the previous page 4 Select Directory Ed 3 Refer to the folder storing the library files S oer CcLINK 1 When using bus interface function E Q MNETH E Param Select a folder storing QBFFunc32 lib amp QBFTOOL Help Inchide QBFFunc32 lib is stored under the following om E Sample folder in CD ROM drive ut Folder Lb lt CD ROM drive gt lt Lib gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 2 When using MELSEC data link function Select a folder storing MdFunc32 lib MdFunc32 lib is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Lib gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it 4 4 Open a project to create and select the menu item Project Build Debug Tools Test W
240. ng troubleshooting the following three points must be checked 1 Visual check Check the following 1 The operating state of each external device 2 The operating state of each external power supply 3 Whether connection cables are correctly connected or not 4 The operating states of the MELSECWinCPU module and the power supply module determined from such as the states of LEDs Ex B RUN LED and ERR LED of MELSECWinCPU module POWER LED of power module 5 Whether LEDs of the input module and the output module light appropriately according to the states of INPUT X and OUTPUT Y 6 Whether each module is secured to the base unit Once you checked the above items 1 6 connect to external devices and check the operation of user programs 2 Defect check Check whether the state of the defect s changes or not according to methods 1 Turn INPUT X to ON and OFF in order to check whether data can be read on user programs 2 Turn OUTPUT Y to ON and OFF in order to check whether the state of each external device properly changes in response to it 3 Identification of the cause The hardware and or software on which more failures are detected during 1 and 2 is more likely the cause of the problem Among the following identify the cause and perform troubleshooting 1 MELSECWinCPU module 2 External device 3 Module Excluding MELSECWinCPU module 4 Connection cable 5 User program 210
241. nglish Microsoft Visual Basic 2010 Japanese English Development environment ojoj ojoj o x x x x ie Hyper threading function x Whether it supports the hyper threading function of OS or not O O Supported x Not supported 2 The comparison of the action when an error happens is shown below Shows the difference only Ite Outli MELSECWin Former as ee CPU PC CPU Temperature warning of Maintain the condition where it detected the abnormal X hard disk temperature PC card battery error Maintain a PC card battery error Ca is ee O Supported x Not supported 293 9 Appendix 3 For the part which you should change if you divert your program the comparison of programming specification is shown below Shows the difference only MELSECWin Changed the H W type name read data 10h 17h when reading own board version mdMdVerRead mdBdVerRead O09PPC 100 DC55V 009PPC CPU852 Changed the type name when programmable 3022 CONTEC mdTypeRead controller CPU read it mdTypeRead 3023 Mitsubishi 3020 Changed the read data when reading own board switch condition mdBdSwRead mdBdSwRead buf 0 bit12 9 Information of DIP switch 1 buf 0 bit8 3 Information of DIP Information of DIP switch 2 switch Changed the read data when reading module information of MELSECWinCPU PC CPU QBF_ReadStatus QBF_ReadStatusEx plinfo 0 bit12 9 Infor
242. nother window and the screen does not switch to another window Correct the mistakes in the entered parameters and then switch over the window To reflect the settings ina MELSECWinCPU module write the parameters using the Online Operation window and reset the MELSECWinCPU module Adjust a link device refresh cycle so that it is always over the maximum value for all links refresh time Relational expression Maximum value of all links refresh time lt link device refresh cycle For more details on max value of total link fresh time refer to 5 5 2 Operating the Module Information Window 1 Parameter setting window ia MELSECNETJH utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Modules 2 No of modules Blank No setting Link device refresh cycle 100 ms Routing parameter Target module 2 f Slot Start 1 0 No 0070 Refresh parameters Check Default Operational setting Network No 1 Group No o Mode Online Network type MNET H mode Control station x Retum Retum as control station Network range assignment Assignment method Monitoring time 200 10ms Total stations 2 C poj G Points Start Start End Switch screens LB LW setting B Lw LowspeedlB LowspeedLw_ Points Start End Points Start End Points Start End Points Start End 142 oo omr 32 J ooo ooiF s32 2000 201F p E 82 0020 0
243. odules of MELSEC functions and the include file pew Pw tan w ke a Il DevQSW Q QnA link special register on Q QnACPU pape evqy Qin oage relay on QIQnACPUD eS toi DevMRB Own Sta random access buffer 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 7 7 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 1H H H H H H 7 8 1 C 2 2 2 2 2 28 3 3 3 3 3 2 H H H H H H H H H H H H H 2 Device dedicated for CC Link utility local buffer memory access 3 The mdRandR function ends normally even if an actually not existing device is specified The data read becomes 1 169 6 Functions and Programming Device type Code specification Device Device name specification Decimal Hexadecimal Direct link input other Sta side 1001 1255 3E9u 4E7H DevLX 1 DevLX 255 Argument with a device name specified 1 255 3 network No Direct link output other Sta side 2001 2255 7D1n 8CFx DevLY 1 DevLY 255 Argument value for device name specification 1 255 3 network No Direct link relay other Sta side 23001 23255 59D9n 5AD7H DevLB 1 DevLB 255 Argument value for device name specification 1 255 3 network No Direct link register other Sta side 24001 24255 5DC1n 5EBFu DevLW 1 DevLW 255 Argument value for device name specification 1 255 3 network No Direct link special relay other Sta side 25001 25255 61A9H 62A7H DevLSB 1 DevLSB 255 Argument value for dev
244. of I O module An error occurred during diagnostic of the mount comparison error comparison error state of the I O module An error occurred during diagnostic of the state lof the fuse of the I O module Fuse blown error Detection of fuse blown error An error occurred during diagnostic of the state Control bus error Detection of control bus error of buses on the base unit Detection of immediate power An immediate power outage was detected outage A failure in the power supply module or the MELSECWinCPU module was detected Power error Detection of power error Intelligent function Detection of intelligent function A failure in the intelligent function module was module error module error detected 233 8 Actions against Errors Self diagnostic item Intelligent function An error occurred during diagnostic of the I O Detection of intelligent function module assignment assignment state of the intelligent function module assignment error error module An error occurred during diagnostic of Detections of parameter error parameters such as system setting and multiple CPU setting Intelligent module Detections of intelligent module Error occurred in parameter checking between parameter error parameter error intelligent function module An error occurred during diagnostic of Link parameter error Detections of link parameter error parameters for network modules CC Link module MELSECNET H module F
245. of PSU went out cece cccccsceseceseeeeeeeeeeseceseesseeeseenseeeaeens 212 8 2 2 Flow when MELSECWinCPU module does not work properly cceceeseeseeeteeeeeees 213 8 2 3 Flow when SWIPNC WCPU B cannot be installed ccc cecceseesseeeecsteeeteeeeseneeeeee 215 8 2 4 Flow when ERR LED lights blinks 000 ceceeseeeccesecesceeeceseceseeesecesecseeeseeneeenseeags 216 8 2 5 low for UNIT VERIFY ER Retaiic ousaicatin ciate nisin en muna mone hommes linen 218 S26 Flow fot CON TROL BUS ERRssiniatic gah o n a e AEA ersnebaamnamnannis 220 8 2 7 Flow for errors on function execution ssssessessessessesessessesresrosresresrtsrosresresteseeseeseereee 222 8 2 8 Flow when LED of the output module does not light 0 0 0 eee ecccceeseeeseeeeeeseeeteeeseens 223 8 2 9 Flow when the output load of the output module does not turn ON cece eeeeeteeteees 224 8 2 10 Troubleshooting when B RUN LED continues to blink in the multiple CPU system configuration 225 8 2 11 Flow when Bus I F driver not activated is displayed ccccccecccsceseeeseeeeeesteeeteeeeeens 225 8 2 12 Flow for link refresh time OVE miserunt ii eriin a as A a e Eaa o EE 226 8 3 Actions upon Error LED renani nnan ee t fon eed Measles be t 228 8 3 1 How to confirm error information ssessesesseseoeesrosroseeeseesessessessessesressessesseseesossreseesee 228 8 3 2 Detection timings and Operation ccccceccccsscessessecessceseessecesecsseeeteesecese
246. oints of In mdRandR mdRandW function the specified device No the same block points of the same block is out of range 3 Device type error Check if the specified device type is in the FFFDu The specified device type is invalid device list Size error The device No and size are over the device range A 2 ond 5 Check the specified device size Access was attempted using an odd device FFFBn j Check the device No and size The device No and size are over the range for the same block No of block error 6 The No of blocks specified in dev 0 for device random Check the No of blocks specified in dev 0 FFFAn esas read write is out of range 8 Channel No error e oe Oly _ Check the specified channel No FFF8u The channel No specified in the mdOpen function is invalid Insufficient buffer area 11 l Check the read size and the read data The read area size for read data storage array variables is ae A FFF5x i 1 storage destination size oo small Block error f 12 te i s Check the block No device type of the The specified block No of the extension file register is FFF4a Ka lextension file register invalid Write protect error Check the block No device type of the 13 The specified block No of the extension file register is extension file register FFF34 overlapping with the write protect area of the memory Check the write protect DIP switch of the cas
247. ommunication target was not jone attached 264 8 Actions against Errors 8 4 3 Corrective Actions for Each Event ID When an error occurred in a bus interface function an event ID and error information are registered with the system log of Event Viewer The following table shows description of errors displayed by Event Viewer and corresponding actions on an event ID basis Error description Actions Failed to register an interrupt Replace MELSECWinCPU module 4 Failed to map the memory address and I O address Reinstall OS 00041 286 Failed to secure the memory area necessary for starting the Adds system memory 011EH driver Reduce the memory used for other programs 2 8 Extend the system WDT setting time in the system setting of the MELSECWinCPU 95 setting utility SYSTEM WDT ERROR occurred 0127 Decrease the CPU utilization rate of a task with a high CPU utilization rate or do not run that task Reexamine the user program 297 A target abort error occurred Replace MELSECWinCPU module 01291 0 304 A data parity error occurred Replace MELSECWinCPU module 013014 Extend the user WDT setting time set with the QBF_StartWDT function Decrease the CPU utilization rate of a task USER WDT ERROR occurred 01311 with a high CPU utilization rate or do not run that task Reexamine the user program 305 513 Perform the action described for the error AC DC DOWN occurred 0201H code 1500
248. on a user program determine a system method between the external device and MELSECWinCPU module in case of abnormal data communication 1 Selecting the menu Select Device write Data changing from the menu bar 2 Dialog box Data Changing Device Type Device Type TNitimer current value DeviceNo C HEX DEC CocT o Setting Data C HEX DEC po o y Cancel Set the type block No and network No for the device for which data is to be changed Device Type i For more details on this refer to 6 7 Device Type Set the start No of the device for which data is to be changed HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal OCT octal Setting Data Set the data to be changed HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal DeviceNo 135 5 Utility Operations 5 6 7 Changing Word Device Value Continuously Change the specified word device data for the No of specified points being set To perform control data change of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times To perform other control change in the running status status control of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation also configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times Especially when performing the above control of a remote MELSECWinCPU module from an external device a problem occurring
249. on at the lower right hand corner of the utility screen ff MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting LED information RDY BRUN Error code No error Stop monitor ERR C USER Error information 1 System WDT er JT Power supply err ear EE er I User WOT err T Intell module err Toagled switch information 1 PCI bus er 1 Intelli module assignment err B STOP 1 0 comparison err I Parameter err B RST BRUN IT Fuse blown err JT Intelli module parameter err I Control bus err T Link parameter err DIP switch 1 information TA JT Battery er JT Multi CPU err H a IT Momentary stop DIP switch 2 information 4 m Waring information OFF Te GS il j E l l E JT Link refresh time over OFF ON Refer to lt lt Event viewer gt gt ON Device Monitor Load File Save File New Click 2 To end the Device Monitor Utility click Menu Exit from the menu bar When a dialog box is displayed click the button Device Monitor Utility GETT Setting Device Write Da 16 point register monitor Click 38 5 Utility Operations 5 1 3 Displaying the help screen The following explains how to display the utility s help screen 1 For the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility CC Link Utility and MELSECNET H Utility To
250. on may cause a time out error on other communication operations also For notes when using I O modules and intelligent function modules refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation When you use MELSEC or MELSOFT products and refer to their manuals and HELP the description PC CPU should be replaced by MELSECWinCPU Table of Contents SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Ga aen ee oe ei xs ae E e a tome os R inter Rua ees 1 INOtes ONOperatiOMs ia e a a a ane a Se a RI as 3 ALE Od Contents sesira eee e nar Aaa east ae s aane pile std enthevelmintpaterclersncahes 5 About Generic Terms and Abbreviations ssseeseesessssesesetstsseseeetstssssesteresessesesteseseesestsresestsstssesessesest 9 1 Outline 11 1 1 F at re Sienra a a EE A E L A A E a E tea 11 2 System Configuration 14 2 1 System C figurd t sanasan ae e a e eaaa N eaten eh 14 2 2 Accessible Modules ics nios ee a EEE TEE E E E E T a 17 2 2v CPU Mod le sre eun eao a E isn trash E E EE A E aT ia 17 2 2 2 1 O module and intelligent function module nseseosossososeesoesessossossessesseesesressesressesresee 18 2 3 Operating PVO EE a seid A AN a a ER 18 2 4 SAW Conti ourat onai a A e S te tee sine tan AEN eden tele IR 19 2 4 1 S W Package Configuration cccccccscesccscesseessecseccseeseeseceeecessessceeeseseeeseeseceseesseeegs 19 2 4 2 Linking with MELSOFT products cccccecccessessseesecesecesecescececesecesee
251. on of the MELSECWinCPU utility by which MELSECWinCPU setting utility version is different the file was created The specified file is not a parameter file of the ve Le Check the specified file MELSECWinCPU setting utility Check the specified file Unable to open the specified file Check if the file path or the file name you specified might Parameters were not able to be read from the file Please create the file again include 2 bytes character 7 Check whether the specified project has an intelligent This Intelligent function module parameter is not set function module parameter or not This multiple CPU parameter is not set Check the contents of the specified project file The specified project does not exist hs i Respecify a project path project name Please specify an existing project path project name R Check whether I O assignment by parameters matches with Failed to write the output data Y the actual state Check whether I O assignment by parameters matches with Failed to read the output data Y the actual state Classified CPU Empty slots are as follows Control CPU for I O Module Intelligent function Module detailed setting Please set to less than 150 characters characters Please input the switch data with in the range of 0 65535 65535 The set value of the switch is input excluding the binary Check whether the slot with the type CPU empty is specified for
252. ontrolled by MELSECWinCPU mdBdModRead module Reads LED information of network module controlled by mdBdLedRead MELSECWinCPU module Reads switch status of network module controlled by mdBdSwRead MELSECWinCPU module Reads version information of network module controlled by mdBdVerRead MELSECWinCPU module mASendEx mdReceiveEx mdRandWEx mdRandREx mdDevSetEx Sets bit device mdDevRstEx Resets bit device The type of argument device No and the size has been enhanced to short gt long Please refer to MELSEC Data Link Function HELP for a change detailed point function specification Refer to MELSEC data link function HELP of SW1PNC WCPU B for details of MELSEC data link functions 144 6 Functions and Programming 6 3 Settings for Using Functions This section describes settings operations for using functions 6 3 1 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual Basic The following shows setup operation when Visual Studio 2008 Visual Basic is used 1 Start up Visual Studio 2008 Visual Basic and select the Project Build Debug Data Tools Test S Add windows Form menu item Project Add Existing Item EE Add User Control H Add Component HE Add Module Gg Add Class J Add New Item Ctrl Shift A EE Add Existing Item Ctrl D Exclude From Project Show All Files hy Add Reference Add Service Reference S WindowsApplication1 Proper
253. or the multiple CPU system configuration an Detections of Multiple CPU error error in a CPU module other than own or in the multiple CPU system was detected Error descripsion A PCI bus error occurred on the MELSECWinCPU module Detections of PCI bus parity error Method The MELSECWinCPU module must be PCI bus error PCI bus target abort error replaced Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 234 8 Actions against Errors Self diagnostic item Battery error Link refresh time over Detection of MELSECWinCPU module battery error Detections of link refresh time over Error description The battery voltage of the MELSECWinCPU module body dropped to below the default Method The battery must be replaced Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Error description The link device refresh time with the MELSECNET H module exceeded the setting value link device refresh cycle Method refer to 8 2 12 Flow for link refresh time over to take action Method Move the MELSECWinCPU module to a place which has appropriate temperatures If the detected abnormal temperature is higher than or equal to 255 C it may be a failure in the hard disk module and you need to consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 235 8 Actions against Errors 8 3 4 Detailed
254. otal No of stations is set from Network coverage assignment on the Parameter Setup window For more details on this refer to 1 Parameter setting window 122 5 Utility Operations b When LX LY setting 1 or LX LY setting 2 is set to Window change in the Parameter setting window Equal assignment C Identical point assignment Points L LY setting 1 M station gt L station equal assignment Start station Sta Start station End station Sta End station Start No Start No Total points assigned Total points assigned M station lt L station equal assignment Start station Sta Start station End station Sta End station Start No Start No Total points assigned Total points assigned Cancel i Assigns the same entered points to a station s link devices respectively Identical point assignment ee ce Every 16 points Initial value vacant setting range 16 or more on Performs equal assignment according to the setting and closes the Equal assignment window Cancel Closes the Equal assignment window without performing equal assignment Divide and assign the entered points to a station s individual link devices so that Equal assignment i they are assigned points equally R hee first among stations Sy which points are equally ee Initial value vacant setting range 1 Total No of stations
255. ound Py Click the button and change to oe D EnvMEL EnvMELENG Setup exe Click the button and start the installation D described in the above means the drive name of a CD ROM drive Enter the drive name of a CD ROM drive you want to use Welcome 6 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the Welcome hs Environment a Ea porn The b tt program will install Environment ol on your computer ex utton It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law Cancel 4 To the next page 31 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package From the previous page 4 Information 7 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the The program installs the necessary system files for installing MELSOFT product into the computer The usage of this program for purposes other than installing of MELSOFT product is prohibited Setup Complete button EnvMEL is installed 8 The EnvMEL installation is complete when the screen Setup ha
256. p of MELSECWinCPU setting utility 2 Keeps on displaying Jf red in the event of an error or alert but in the event of a battery error changes to J red or white depending on the error condition 45 5 Utility Operations 5 3 3 Operating the Module Monitor Window Monitors the input and output statuses and the buffer memory of a module To perform control data change on a MELSECWinCPU module that is running configure an interlock circuit on a user program so that the entire system can constantly operate on the safety side Also to perform other control operation status change status control on a MELSECWinCPU module that is running configure an interlock circuit on a user program so that the entire system can constantly operate on the safety side Note that especially when the above control is performed on a MELSECWinCPU module in a remote location from an external device you may not immediately respond to trouble on the MELSECWinCPU module side due to a data communication error Configure an interlock circuit on the user program and at the same time determine the procedure between external device and MELSECWinCPU module for troubleshooting as a system in the event of a data communication error 1 Notes on the Module Monitor Window a Window transition when monitoring is in progress Monitoring stops when the screen switches to another window during monitoring operation Monitoring resumes t
257. pdate parameters again Channel information is not register Restart the development environment computer Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B Update parameters again It is fail to get the channel information Restart the development environment computer Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B Device No is not input Enter device No Check the device No and respecify Check the specified device block No device type Device No is out of the range Check whether the specified device and block No are valid for the specified target Block No is out of range Check the range of block No and enter it The necessary information is not found at the time of ae Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have starting up been failed Install again 283 9 Appendix 9 Appendix 9 1 List of Parameter No Parameter No are displayed in Microsoft Windows Event Viewer when an error on parameter setting refer to 8 3 occurred The following table shows the mapping between parameter No and the places to specify parameters 1 Description of mn M and N in the Parameter No column Mn M and N in the Parameter No column indicate Mn The value obtained by dividing the start I O No by 16 Any value N The No in the order of modules M _ Network type a Settings for MELSECNET H r b CC Link setting O M sCSNtwork type Master station Local station Waiting maste
258. pecified as the Sta No in the Device monitor utility or user program MELSEC data link function Use the Logical Sta No when accessing another station CPU another CPU No in the multiple CPU system from the target module channel No When directly accessing a different station station 0 63 and a CPU module that manages CC Link utility of a different station use a Sta No used for CC Link instead of a Logical Sta No 2 The target CPU field can be set only when as a CPU module the CPU module set in the Sta No field is capable of configuring a multiple CPU system 84 5 Utility Operations 2 Example of access By using the Logical Sta No 65 you can access CPU module No 4 through a CC Link utility managed by CPU module No 2 from a CC Link utility managed by the MELSECWinCPU module From the Device Monitor utility or from a user program MELSEC data link functions you can access CPU module No 4 by opening channel No 81 and specifying 65 for a Sta No Master Sta QJ61BT11 1 slot channel No 81 Multiple CPU system QJ61BT11 MELSECWinCPU Sta No 5 module is control CPU CPU No 2 is control CPU Local Sta MITSUBISHI Terminal registor Terminal registor The following window shows the sett
259. peed LW of Network coverage assignment are set on the Parameter Setup window Transmit data of one station in 1 scan Select this item when sending the data of one station to another station in 1 link scan Fixed interval cycle setting System times Low speed cyclic transmission is performed in the specified cycles Initial value vacant setting range 1 sec 65535 sec Low speed cyclic transmission is performed according to the set time Initial value vacant setting range 00 00 00 Jan 1 2000 23 59 59 Dec 31 2099 4 ped Close the Supplementary setting window with the setting description Close the Supplementary setting window without the setting description 8 4 d consistency means preventing the 2 word 32 bits link data such as the current value of the positioning module from being divided into new and old data in units of 1 word 16 bits due to the cyclic transmission timing The link device refresh processing between MELSECWinCPU module and MELSECNET H module is set on the Refresh Parameter Setting window For more details on this refer to 3 Refresh Parameter setting window If this item is marked for station data integrity assurance set Link device refresh cycle in the Parameter Setting window refer to 1 Parameter Setting window and set Refresh parameter in the Refresh Parameter Setup window refer to 3 Re
260. r has not been started iver Timeout error Check the operation status of the access 2 The timeout occurred while waiting for the response of As 0002n process 66 Already opened 00428 Selected channel has been already opened Already closed Close once 00431 Selected channel has been already closed Processing code error Use the supported processing code 0045H An unsupported processing code was issued station specification error The specified station is incorrect 70 Correct the specification of the Sta No in A process that should have been requested to other station 00469 the user program was requested to the own Sta Or the Sta No corresponds to the own Sta OxFF but the network No is not 0 248 8 Actions against Errors Return value HEX 71 No reception data error during RECV request Wait until data is received 00479 Data has not been received Terminate other application s currently Error description Actions running 77 Memory error insufficient resource memory error Check if the system is operating normally 004Du Enough memory could not be secured Reboot the system Increase the minimum working set area o your computer Network channel No error When a SEND RECV request is 85 Check the specified channel No when a issued 00555 SEND RECV request is issued Channel No error 102 Data sending error Retry 00669 Data sending has fail
261. r occurs even after correction hardware failure is suspected Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Review the setting of the parameter Check parameter settings Configurator is different from the actual I O No The refresh parameter of the intelligent function module is outside the range or the Check parameter settings refresh range exceeded the file register capacity Parameter Parameters of intelligent function module are 3302 Check parameter settings No faulty Parameter 3303 No On multiple CPU system parameters of automatic refresh etc have been specified for an intelligent function module controlled by other machine Delete parameters of automatic refresh etc specified for an intelligent function module controlled by other machine Change the data into parameters of automatic refresh etc specified for an intelligent function module controlled by own machine 245 8 Actions against Errors Error Error code Error description Action information Time Setting value ms Time Setting value ms 7000 Module No The system watchdog timer managed by the system detected an error Or an failure occurred in system software The time set for the system watchdog timer is too short A task with a high CPU usage rate is running A program causing a memory or stack failure was executed Because WDT reset ha
262. r station 284 9 Appendix 2 List of Parameter No The following table shows the mapping between parameter No and the places to specify parameters Parameter No Item Utility name oooou abel oootm Comment oS o ATTE ET Model name MELSECWinCPU Poring Utility I O assignment setting window Basats Power mode MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility I O assignment setting window MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Error time output mode Intelligent function module detailed setting window MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Detail setting I O response time Intelligent function module detailed setting window MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Control CPU Intelligent function module detailed setting window MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Switch setting Switch setting for I O and intelligent function module window 05mnuH Switch setting Mae Cee Utility ode oCmnx CC Link Utility oD00 IMELSECWinCPU Setting Utility OE00n No of CPU Multiple CPU setting window l MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility OEO01H Operating mode Multiple CPU setting I O sharing when using All CPUs can read all inputs MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Multiple CPUs All CPUs can read all outputs Multiple CPU setting window 285 9 Appendix Utility name 1000H Timer limit setting 3 High speed 1001H RUN PAUSE contact PAUSE 1002m MELSECWinCPU setting utility 1003H Output mode at B STOP to BRUN system setting window 1004H
263. rameters according to a system to be used Check the connection status of the extension base units and extension cables When the GOT is bus connected to the main base unit and extension base units also check the connection status If the error occurs even after performing the above checks it indicates a hardware fault Please replace the faulty module Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Correct and write network parameters If an error occurs even after correction hardware failure is suspected Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Specify an identical network type for both As the Sta No for the own Sta specify a No smaller than or equal to the total No of stations control station Q series Ethernet module controlled by other i Delete the network parameter of Q series machine is specified in start I O No of Ethernet module controlled by other machine Ethernet networks parameter Correct and write network parameters Although the No of Ethernet modules was i If an error occurs even after correction specified as one or more actual No of i i hardware failure is suspected module is 0 Start I O No of Ethernet setting Consult your local system service desk or AAN agency of Mitsubishi Electric parameter is different from actual I O No Corporation 244 Error Error code b infor
264. ramming procedures The following shows an outline of creating user program with MELSEC data link functions E START Open a line mdOpen Use the MELSEC data link function to access programmable controller CPU and other modules End the program Close the communication line mdClose END 2 Cautions when using the MELSEC Data Link function a Cautions when programming 1 Perform the processing for opening and closing a data link function mdOpen mdClose only once at the beginning and end of a program Repeating opening and closing of a communication loop for each transaction will degrade the communication performance 2 When a function is first executed by adding a corresponding device this acquires programmable controller information in detail For that reason the initial function execution time becomes long 3 Simultaneous remote access to 257 or more stations from MELSECWinCPU module using utilities user program provided by SW1PNC WCPU B and Mitsubishi product software package may result in degraded communication performances Limit the No of stations to 256 or less for simultaneous remote station access from MELSECWinCPU module 4 MELSEC data link functions do not support multi thread programming 5 When you use MELSEC data link functions you should not use global variable or static variable as the arguments for MELSEC data link functions 165 6 Functions and
265. rcible output 5 Displays the output Y status of the slot specified in the Slot No filed in units of bits Double click on this item for forcible output po re Specifies the buffer memory address to be monitored for an intelligent function module 4 Buffer memory address This setting is not possible for modules other than intelligent function modules Initial value 0 setting range 0 or more Displays the buffer memory status of the slot specified in the Slot No filed 3 Buffer memory area 3 Double clicking this displays the Data Change window Entering a value on the Data Change window executes forced write 5 Selects display formats for the input X status output Y status and buffer memory status decimal No or hexadecimal No Format The selected formats are reflected in the formats of forcible output of words in the output Y state and No value input at the time of buffer memory forcible writing Initial value hexadecimal setting range decimal or hexadecimal i an intelligent function module is mounted on the slot set in the Slot No filed the latest error code of the intelligent function module is displayed 6 Error code If any module other than intelligent function modules is mounted on the slot set in the Slot No filed is displayed Slot No cannot be changed when monitoring is in progress Change Slot No after monitoring has b
266. re all of the additional cables for the base unit connected correctly Connect the additional cables correctly Has an error disappeared 1 To the next page 220 8 Actions against Errors From the aes page 1 Adverse effect of noise Implement a countermeasure to noise Replace the relevant module Has an error occurred Replace the MELSECWinCPU module Has an error occurred Replace the relevant module Has an error occurred Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 221 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 7 Flow for errors on function execution The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed when an error occurred on the MELSECWinCPU system during execution of a function An abnormal condition has occurred Is the Microsoft Windows blue screen indicating a system error displayed See 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of To determine whether the user function execution and perform the appropriate program has an error or not check error handling the following 1 Are addresses referred to by pointers correct 2 Isn t a non reserved area specified H E only when a memory size is aS AM CEP OP OCCUR Ct specified in the function Yes Was an error in the user program found Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 1
267. re thought about There is an error in ae Retry the request after data link is restored to the normal state An error occurred in communication with the CC Link Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the CC Link module to see details of the error The CC Link module is mounted with only to XX slot Change the No of tested modules within the No of mounted ones Please test it within XX slot and perform test The CC Link module is mounted with only to XX slot Change the No of monitored modules within the No of mounted Please monitor it within XX slot ones and perform monitoring Reinstall SW1PNC WCPUSB because its installation may have Failed to start up the MELSECNET H utility been failed Check the available capacity of the save destination It failed in the save of the SBSW file Check the save destination media Confirm the end of the save Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character The station type of Ver 1 Ver 1 remote I O station Ver 1remote device station Ver 1 intelligent device station When including both the Ver 1staion type and the Ver 2 station and the station type of Ver 2 Ver 2remote device station i a type in the station information setting specify the Ver 1 station Ver 2 intelligent device station are unmixable type prior to the Ver 2 station type Please set up the station type of Ver 1 in the first half and set up the station
268. red memory i Description address a The area to confirm if information is stored in the own machine s Availability of Information AEON j Siete operation information area 1H 1F or not information Availability flag pow 0 None 1 Information present Diagnostic error ee Diagnostic error N The No of errors triggered during diagnostics is stored with BIN code o The year and month that the error No was stored in the common programmable controller memory s 1H address is stored with two digits of the BCD code 1 Time the Time the The day and time that the error No was stored in the programmable diagnosis error diagnosis error controller shared memory s 1H address is stored with two digits of the occurred occurred BCD code The minutes and seconds that the error No was stored in the programmable controller shared memory s 1H address is stored with two digits of the BCD code 1 Error ee A i i Stores an identification code to determine what error information has information Error information acca I Dee a i Bee a tye been stored in the common error information and individual error identification identification code information code Ou 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H PEET Common error Common error The common information corresponding with the No of the error j information information triggered during diagnostic is stored 1 HRIB Individual error Individual error The individual informat
269. refresh is as follows Programmable controller CPU Motion CPU MELSECWinCPU module CPU shared memory CPU shared memory Host CPU operation Host CPU operation information area information area System area System area Auto refresh area for 3 Reading by MELSECWinCPU Auto refresh area for poprammaticconmoter Ia modules QBP FromBut f MELSEOWinCPU module User free area User free area 1 Writing by programmable 2 Writing by controller CPU motion CPU MELSECWinCPU s END process QBF_ToBuf Device User program For programmable controller Execute the QBF_ToBuf CPU motion CPU module function 4 Reading by Execute the QBF_FromBu programmable controller function CPU module s motion CPU END process For MELSECWinCPU module Operation of END process on programmable controller CPU and motion CPU 1 Transfer device memory data for programmable controller CPU motion CPU to automatic refresh area of programmable controller CPU motion CPU shared memory 4 Transfer data in automatic refresh area of MELSECWinCPU module to device memory for MELSECWinCPU module of programmable controller CPU motion CPU Operation upon executing bus interface function of MELSECWinCPU module 2 By executing QBF ToBuf function transfer the settings of user program to automatic refresh area of MELSECWinCPU module s shared memory 3 By executing QBF FromBuf function data in automatic refresh area of programmable controller
270. ressed immediately In addition to configuring an interlock circuit on a user program determine a system method between the external device and MELSECWinCPU module in case of abnormal data communication BitDeviceSet reset makes it possible to turn ON OFF devices that can be randomly accessed If a device that cannot be randomly accessed is turned ON OFF a device type error 3 occurs For information about the availability of random access support for each device refer to Chapter 7 Accessible Range and Devices 1 Selecting the menu Select Device write Bit device setting resetting from the menu bar 2 Dialog box Bit Device Set Device Type Device Type yinput DeviceNo HEX C DEC ocT 0000 Cancel i Sets the type block No and network No of the bit device to be turned on off Device Type i For more details on this refer to 6 7 Device Type Sets the No of the bit device to be turned on off HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal OCT octal DeviceNo 137 5 Utility Operations 5 6 9 Switching Display Form Switches the device monitoring display to the selected form The batch monitor and 16 point register monitor have different sets of selectable menus respectively 1 Selecting the menu Select Data Format Word Bit device from the menu bar Device Monitor Utility Menu Setting Device Write PASS 0AA Option Help H Word device d DEC 16bi
271. rite and compare MELSECNET H parameters Operation on this window is not possible while the bus interface driver s resetting is in progress Perform operation after the reset operation is complete A MELSECHETJH utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor i Parameter setting Target setting Read parameter Read the MELSECNET H parameter from the MELSEC WinCPU module Read Write parameter Write the MELSECNET H parameter to the MELSECWinCPU module Verily parameter Compare and verify the MELSECNET H parameter with the MELSECWinCPU module Verify Note Parameter includes Parameter settings and Target settings Device monitor Load file Save file Help New Read parameter Read Read MELSECNET H parameter from MELSECWinCPU module Write parameter 1 Write MELSECNET H parameter to MELSECWinCPU module The written parameter is enabled when MELSECWinCPU module is reset Compares the MELSECNET H parameter of MELSECWinCPU module with the IMELSECNET H parameter of MELSECNET H utility The comparison result appears in a message box Verify parameter 1 Writing of parameters is available only by the administrator s authority 114 5 Utility Operations 5 5 6 Operating on Routing Parameter Setting Window Performs Parameter setting of MELSECNET H module 1 Ifthe entered parameters are mistaken the warning message is displayed when the screen transitions to a
272. rk No of the above format and specify a Logical Sta No in the lower byte lt The setting range of Logical Sta No gt It is set from the Target setting tab of the MELSECNET H utility 64 41H 239 EFH MELSECNET H communication For details refer to 5 4 7 Operating the Target Setting Window 2 Network No 0 CC link Sta No 0 0H 63 3FH Other Sta Upper Lower byte byte lt How to specify a Logical Sta No gt Set 0 in the upper byte network No of the above format and specify a Logical Sta No in the lower byte Sta No The setting range of Logical Sta No is 65 41H 239 EFH Logical Sta No is set from the Target setting tab of the CC Link utility For details refer to 5 3 6 Operating the Target Setting Window 3 Station 64 cannot be specified in CC Link communication And if your own Sta s No is 64 other Sta cannot be specified Access to your own Sta only is possible 167 6 Functions and Programming 6 7 Device Type Either code No or device name is allowed for a device type to be used in MELSEC data link function This section describes all the device types that can be used for MELSECWinCPU module programs with MELSEC data link functions However there are restraints depending on the connection route and the function used For more details on this refer to Chapter 7 Accessible Range and Devices 1 Not usable devices The following de
273. rror codes at the time of function execution In step 1 shown above when a line connection test is performed by selecting Specified station the test results are displayed in the following window CC Link utility i It was finished normally Error code 0 0000H For details of error codes refer to 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution 87 5 Utility Operations b Operating procedure of network test A network test can be performed only when the data link status of the CC Link module refer to 5 4 2 Operating the Module Information Window is set to In data link Suspended data link or Being automatically reconnected 1 Setting Select either of Start data link or Stop data link and click on the button to start a network test Network test C Stop Data Link Cancel 2 Test result The test results are displayed in the following window CC Link utility i It was finished normally Error code 0 0000H For details of error codes refer to 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution 88 5 Utility Operations 5 4 8 Operating the System Menu 1 System menu There are three ways listed below to open and use the system menu for the CC Link utility Right click on the title bar Click icon ie on the title bar Press the 4 key after pressing key Move Minimize X Close Al
274. rs I Full Screen Shift Alt Enter Shift F4 Property Pages In Property Manager click the node Le of the 2 configuration and the platform of Debug Win32 and so on 5 E Debug Win32 E Microsoft Cpp Win32 user AL C Pure MSIL CLR Support The node will be opened and the user property sheet such M applicati plaice as Microsoft Cpp lt Platform gt User will be shown Sy Core Windows Libraries H 0 Release Win32 4 aRar ja 3 Right click on user property sheet and select Properties a RI MESTI S Debug Win32 Ef Microsoft Cpp Win32 uiga of short cut menu L_ C Pure MSIL CLR Su a Add New Project Property Sheet Application Add Existing Property Sheet AL Unicode Support core Windows Librarie amp Move Later in Evaluation Gj Release Win32 Move Earter in Evaluation lt User property sheet gt Property Pages dialog box will a Save Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Ctrl s x TET Dal be shown Rename 4 To the next page 155 6 Functions and Programming From the previous pages 4 Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Property Pages Configuration NJA Platform INJA Configuration Manager E Common Properties General User Macros E Manifest Tool Resources MOL XML Document Generator E Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step Managed Resources Custom Build Tool XML Data Generator Tool E General Executab
275. rsonal computer and use it 3 The added standard module is displayed in the Solution Explorer window 151 6 Functions and Programming 6 3 4 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Visual C This section describes settings operations for using Visual Studio 2010 Visual C 1 Setting the include files Microsoft Visual Studio View Project Build Debug Team Data Toc Code F7 Designer Shift F7 Solution Explorer Ctrl Alt L Team Explorer Ctrl 4 Ctrl M El a m7 Za Server Explorer Ctrl alt s EZ ir B gt gt Object Browser F2 Error List Ctrl W Ctrl E Start Page Toolbox Ctrl Alt x Other Windows Toolbars E Full Screen Shift Alt Enter Lg Pre Mar Property Pages Shift F4 lal a ta id EWra mresti Sy Debug Win32 E Microsoft Cpp Win32 user ML C Pure MSIL CLR Support a Application Unicode Support Sy Core Windows Libraries Sj Release Win32 4 alaaa o R MESTI S Debug Win32 Pure MSIL CLR SU a Add New Project Property Sheet ae opplest a Add Existing Property Sheet Unicode Support T Core Windows Librarie Move Later in Evaluation E Release Win32 Move Earlier in Evaluation Remove l Save Microsoft Cpp Win32 user x Rename CtrhsS 2 Properties 4 To the next page 1 Open the project to make and select View Property s Manager menu 1 The configuration of menu may di
276. rupt pointers in numbers No of interruption events Please correct the settings duplication 271 8 Actions against Errors 2 Error message for the CC Link utility The following table shows error messages and corresponding actions for the CC Link utility An Error station was detected in 1 64 stations Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the Error code XX XXXXu CC Link utility to see details of the error Concurrent activations of the CC Link utility is limited up A CC Link utility is already operating to 1 End the CC Link utility that is already operating and then execute One utility has already been activated it again Please set a parameter for the number of modules on the Parameter Setting screen The CC Link module is not mounted with more than five modules Specify the No of monitored modules as 1st to 4th or perform Please chooses 1 4 modules for the Target module or monitoring after mounting five or more modules mounts more than five modules A CC Link module is not mounted Mount at least one CC Link utility on the base unit activate data Please execute a test after mounting link properly and then perform test A CC Link module is not mounted Mount at least one CC Link utility on the base unit and then Please execute a monitor after mounting perform monitoring There is not a reply from a CC Link module Check if the CC Link module has any hardware fault The following causes a
277. s finished installing Environment of MELSOFT on your computer Click Finish to complete Setup 1 Add or Remove Programs Add a program From CD ROM or Floppy disk Pai amp To add a program from a CD ROM or floppy disk cick CD or Floppy Remove Programs Add programs from Microsoft To add new Windows Features device drivers and system updates over the Internet click Windows Update Install Program From Floppy Disk or CD ROM Insert the product s first installation floppy disk or CD ROM and then click Next Next gt 4 To the next page shown at the left is displayed Click the button 9 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the CD or Floppy button 10 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the button 32 From the previous page 4 Run Installation Program If this is the correct installation program click Finish To start the automatic search again click Back To manually search for the installation program click Browse Open MELSEC WinCPU Driver Software Package Setup Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package When executing all working application without quitting it it isn t sometimes installed normally It includes resident software Allright MELSECWinCPU Driver Software Package Setup Choose Destination Location Select folder where Setup will install files Setup will install MELSECWinCPU
278. sette accessed memory cassette 261 8 Actions against Errors Return value HEX 16 Sta No network No error FFFOu Sta No and network No are beyond the range All stations group No specification error Error description 17 A function that does not support all stations group No FFEFn specification was specified 18 Remote instruction error FFEEn JAn undesignated code was specified Module load error 31 An attempt to load a module which is necessary to execute FFE1n the function has failed 32 Another task thread is occupying the resource and the FFEOu resource is not released within 30 seconds eon ae access destination error FFDFu The setting for the communication destination is invalid BA ee open error FFDEu JAn attempt to open the registry has failed Registry read error FFDDu An attempt to read from the registry has failed Registry write error FFDCu An attempt to write to the registry has failed Communication initialization setting error 37 An attempt to perform initial setting for communication has FFDBu failed 42 Close error FFD6u Communication cannot be closed ROM operation error 43 A TC setting value was written to the CPU during ROM FFD5n operation Confirm the set Sta No and network Check if the function supports all stations group No specification Check the specified code Check the status of the system R
279. ssecesecsseeeseceeseseeeaes 19 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings 20 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package 29 4 1 Installing the software package ccccscccsscesscesseeseceseceeesseceeceseceseeeseceeceseseseeeaeeeseeseesaeeees 29 ASV il Tnistallang aiee e a dealt Whee E eet oe 30 4 2 Icons tobe Registered merran nan en ie A AAAA E AEA E 35 4 3 Uninstalling AE E E TE E EEEE A AA 35 43d Win Stallin ti a A ke he 2 E A E A Lnlate in 36 5 Utility Operations 37 5 1 Utility Common Operations s sseseseeeeseeseseseesesetststsseseeststssesesststsrestsenststssesttststssesteesessesests 37 SLF SS tartan aitline nen a a e seas a Oe eons E 37 S72 Endinga uysa a ee A O EAEE ce ee 38 54 3 Displaying the help Ser enssussanonineern a a SE a a Ae 39 514 Verifying the versiones Dre ierte E LEE EEEE AEAEE E a OER de 40 5 2 About the Parameter Setup File c ccccccecsccsscsscesseesecesecesceeeeceseceseeeseeeeceseseseeeseeeseesseeeseeees 41 5 2 1 Status Bar Display Details 00 0 0 ccc cceeseeseeescesscesseeseceseeesccescecseceecesecsseecseceseseseeeaeenseenes 42 5 3 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility 0 0 ccc cecccscccccssccssceeseeseccsseeeseeeeecseceseeeeeeeeseseesseeeeeenees 43 5 3 1 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Function List cccccceccccsccesecsseeeteeeeseseeesseeseeeseeens 43 5 3 2 Operating the Module Information Window ccccccccscccsscesseesseeeecsseceseeeseceeeesseeeseeneeens 44
280. ster The description of error code 4000H 4FFFH detected on MELSECWinCPU module and corrective acitons are shown as below The error codes written in this section is not ones detected by the self diagnostics function of MELSECWinCPU module Therefore they will not stored in the special resistor SD0 indicating diagnostics error Error code Error description Actions a soom Check the type name of CPU module selected Unsupported requests were executed 40024 on peripherals Jid MELSECWinCPU module is RUN condition and can not Set MELSECWinCPU module to STOP H execute the request condition and execute again i is Check the specified device name 40301 Failed to use the specified device name a Check the specified device No Check the specified device No The specified device No is out of range Check the device setting of MELSECWinCPU module OR The specified intelligent function module can not execute the Check if the specified intelligent function H request module was one with buffer memory or not Check the top address and the number of The range to access was out of the buffer memory range of 3 SA points to access Then access the range which the specified intelligent function module ee 4041H exists in the intelligent function module Specified the buffer memory address which can not be Check the address of buffer memory and try accessed again Check if the specified intelligent f
281. ster station No which was selected in the station information setting to intelligent device station In the other setting specify the standby Master station No within the range of 0 to the No of connected modules the No specified in the station information setting In the other setting specify the standby master station number within the range of 0 or 1 Specify a setting value of target device No within the range of 1 4 In the other setting specify the delay time within the range of 0 100 Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Check whether the driver is active or not Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the CC Link module to see details of the error Check the state of data link on the Module Information tab and retry Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the CC Link module to see details of the error 275 8 Actions against Errors Error message Failed to write parameters The probable causes are Check whether you are logging on as a user who has the A Windows logon user does not have administrator administrator privilege for Windows or not authority Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a hardware The operating system is faulty failure or not Failed to read t
282. sub loop test 5 Perform cabling once again by referencing the manuals for your network module and MELSECNET H board Perform installation once again by referencing the user manuals for your CPU modules 102 5 Utility Operations 5 5 4 Operating the Other Station Monitor Window This screen displays line status of other stations each station for MELSECNET H network 1 When the MELSECNET H utility is started monitoring is in a stop status Click the Start monitor button to start monitoring 2 It cannot be monitored while the bus interface driver is reset Start monitoring after the reset is completed 1 Other station monitor window if MELSECNETAH utility Module information Error history monitor Other station monitor Online operation Parameter setting Target setting Target module Slot Self station information Start 1 0 No Network No GroupNo StaNo 0o00 1 0 1 i Stop monitor E Network MELSECNET H Loop Type Control station Other station information Other station information Error status Details Data Link status of each station Error Parameter status of each station CPU operation status of each station CPU RUN status of each station Stop Down Loop status of each station Error Reserved station designation of each station PSU operation status of each station extension Each station network type status Device monitor Load file Save file Help Exit New he
283. t Cancel Bit device vord device WwW 0000 Execute Cancel Ttem Set the type block No and network No for the device to be monitored Device Type For more details on this refer to 6 7 Device Type Set the start No of the device to be monitored HEX hexadecimal DEC decimal OCT octal Register Device List Device List Displays a list of the devices entered DeviceNo etting Enters the item set in Device type and Device No then adds it to List of devices entered Select the device to be changed and click this button to change the entered data Select the device to be deleted and click this button to delete it from List of devices entered 134 5 Utility Operations 5 6 6 Changing Word Device Values Changes the specified word device data To perform control data change of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times To perform other control change in the running status status control of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation also configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times Especially when performing the above control of a remote MELSECWinCPU module from an external device a problem occurring at the MELSECWinCPU module due to abnormal data communication may not be addressed immediately In addition to configuring an interlock circuit
284. t agay te HEX 16bit OCT 16bit BIN 16bit DEC 32bit HEX 32bit OCT 32bit BIN 32bit ooo ooo BE BE Gg oo oooocjoo ooo ec e 2 2 2 ooo BE BE BE BE DE oOo oc 2 DE 2 2 oo oc ool ol ool ol oa oo 9 0 00 12 Q Series Bus Interface r Data Format The Channel Information in the Current Display Screen Bit device Network No 0 Station No 1 Vertical indication 138 5 Utility Operations 5 6 10 Numerical Pad A numerical pad is available for setting device values and other numeric parameters To display the numerical pad select Options Numerical Pad from the menu bar Bit Device Set 1 Click inside the numeric value input field m Device Type Device Type y input DeviceNo HEX C DEC ocT 0000 Cancel 2 The numerical pad is displayed Use the buttons to enter a desired value and then click the OK button Numerical Pad AAA a SE EA S ES Ea Ea Bit Device Set 3 The value is entered in the system m Device Type Device Type yinputh m DeviceNo HEX C DEC C oct 20 conen 139 5 Utility Operations 5 6 11 Other Operations Double clicking the device No on the screen while monitoring changes data in word device and turns on off the bit device 1 Word device The following explains how to change the word device Only when the display form is 16 bit To
285. t F4 MELSECWinCPU setting utility MELSECNET H utility Device monitor utility Version information IMELSECWinCPU setting utility Move the MELSECWinCPU setting utility MELSECNET H utility Starts the MELSECNET H utility Device monitor utility __ Starts the device monitor utility Opens the Version information window Version information For details on this refer to 2 Version information window 2 Version information window Version information of CC Link utility is as follows CC Link utility version information Software package Ge SW1PNC WCPU B Version 1 01 CC Link utility 2011 10 22 Copyright C 2011 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved OR oto Version information windows O 89 5 Utility Operations 5 5 MELSECNET YH utility This section describes operations for MELSECNET H utility Notes on MELSECNET H utility is as follows 1 Details on each parameter For the details of parameters refer to Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC to PLC network 2 Maximum No of utilities for simultaneous use More than one MELSECNET H utility cannot be started at the same time Only one can be started at a time 3 Note on written parameters The parameters written to the MELSECWinCPU module are enabled when the module is reset 5 5 1 Functional List of MELSECNET H Utility This section describes functions for MELSECNET H Utility Referring
286. t MELSECWinCPU module has been reset 5 3 1 MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Function List The following describes the MELSECWinCPU setting utility s features Reference Description Reading saving a parameter Reads from or saves into a file the parameters that have been set using setup file the MELSECWinCPU Setting Utility Displays information of the MELSECWinCPU module such as LED status statuses of switches error information and alert information Processes the following for the modules mounted on the slots Monitors the input X status the output Y status and the buffer Module monitor memory status Can forcibly output the output Y and forcibly write to buffer memory ede a ANa parameters for the MELSECWinCPU module At the time a multiple CPU system is configured sets a Logical Sta No to access a CPU of a different ID device When the MELSECWinCPU module is in a multiple CPU configuration Communication diagnostics diagnoses the possibility of communication with a CPU of a different ID device 43 5 Utility Operations 5 3 2 Operating the Module Information Window Displays information of the MELSECWinCPU module such as LED status statuses of switches error information and alert information 1 Monitoring stops when the screen switches to another window during monitoring operation Monitoring resumes the next time the Module Information window is opened 2 Monitoring is not possible whil
287. tWDT function Decrease the CPU utilization rate of a task with a high CPU utilization rate or do not run that task Reexamine the user program Ifthe error remains even after the corrective actions are taken it may be a hardware failure and you need to consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Check and remove the error in the CPU module which caused the CPU failure ACPU module incompatible with the multiple CPU system is removed from basic module Change the setting Check and remove the error in the CPU module which caused the CPU failure Reset Module No 1 and then restart the multiple CPU system For the reset specifications when a multiple CPU system is configured refer to MELSECWinCPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Function Explanation For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000u OFF0u 3E00u 3E30H 246 8 Actions against Errors Error a Error code i Error description Action Pt information PP E Reset the CPU module and RUN it again If the During initial communication in the same error is displayed again any of the CPU multiple CPU system no response was modules is faulty
288. tal link device refresh time Sending side BR Total link device refresh time Receiving side LB The total No of link relay LB which should be refreshed by the station LW Total No of link registers LW refreshed by the station LX Total No of link input LX refreshed by the station LY Total No of link output LY refreshed by the station KM1 KM2 See the constants shown below Where to mount MELSECNET H KM1 KM2 x10 3 module Additional base unit 1 The total No of points of areas in which link refresh is actually performed In other words the total No of points of mounted MELSECNET H modules managed by the MELSECWinCPU module including studded unused areas 227 8 Actions against Errors 8 3 Actions upon Error LED When a STOP or Continuation error occurs and an alert is issued the items corresponding to the error and alert are changed from C white to gi red in Error Information and Alert information and the relevant error code is displayed in the Module Information screen of the MELSECWinCPU setting utility For errors other than STOP and CONTINUATION errors no information is displayed in Error Code Error Information and Alert Information and therefore you must check details by Event Viewer The action which should be taken when each error item is changed from O white to E red is as follows 8 3 1 How to confirm error information when ERR L
289. tates of other applications Therefore measure it with all the applications running during test operation of the system Refer to the sample program for sample program 2 of time measurement As the processing time in a is influenced by scheduling by the OS the execution of a user application may be postponed or delayed To prevent it raise the priority of the user application Refer to the sample program for sample program 2 raising the priority 162 6 Functions and Programming 2 When the user WDT and communication control consist of two or more applications User program 1 User WDT control i START Open a bus QBF_Open Set WDT and start it QBF_StartWDT Retrieve MELSECWinCPU module information QBF_ReadStatusEx Wait process etc a Handle errors if any Reset WDT QBF_ResetWDT User program 2 communication control 1 User program 3 communication control 2 if START START Open a bus QBF_Open Open a bus QBF_Open Use the bus interface function to control modules Use the bus interface function to control modules Retrieve MELSECWinCPU module information QBF_ReadStatusEx Retrieve MELSECWinCPU module information QBF_ ReadStatusEx Handle errors if any Handle errors if any 163 6 Functions and Programming Caution Set the user W
290. tection of immediate power Joutage was detected outage TO module comparison error detected 7 8 Fuse blown error detected 7 8 Control bus error Intelligent function module error detected 9 Detected the occurrence of PCI bus parity error PCI bus target abort a ai i l B Periodic O 11 13 error Detected battery error on MELSECWinCPU module monitoring o Pf fe Periodic An immediate power Diagnostics of I O module mounting status monitoring Output module fuse Periodic O 12 status check monitoring 12 Base unit bus status Power On O resetting periodic monitoring module access Detected abnormality in Power On O intelligent function module Detected resetting periodic abnormality in monitoring intelligent function module access module based on card At occurrence information and X signal of An failure in the intelligent function interruption module was detected through handshake keep alive check O Performed Not performed 230 Intelligent function module assignment error detected Parameter error detected Intelligent module parameter error detected Link parameter error detected Multiple CPU error 10 Power error 6 link device refresh time over Description I O allocation status check for intelligent function module Parameter check for system settings Multiple CPU settings etc Parameter c
291. ted modules base unit and additional cable The start I O No of the MELSECNET H When the GOT is bus connected to the main network setting parameter is different base unit and extension base units check the from the actually mounted start I O No i connection status Invalid data exists in parameters If the error remains even after the checks mentioned above it is a hardware failure and you must replace the faulty module Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 243 8 Actions against Errors Error code Error information Error description Action Parameter Parameter No Parameter No PC PC network parameters are specified when Sta No of MELSECNET H module is 0 Remote master parameters are specified when Sta No of MELSECNET H module is not 0 Network type specified by parameter is different from actual type Network refresh parameter of MELSECNET H and MELSECNET 10 is out of range Check of network parameters for the network module resulted in error A parameter specific to MELSECNET H or MELSECNET 10 is not correct The network type of the control station is specified as the advanced mode but that of the own Sta normal station is not The Sta No specified for the own Sta is larger than the total No of stations specified by a network parameter on the Correct MELSECNET H module type or Sta No in pa
292. tered with a parameter 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Check the specified module identification Use the path pointer returned with QBF Open Check the specified I O No Check the specified I O access size Check the I O No size Check the specified I O No Check the specified program execution type Check the specified buffer memory size Check the offset size Check the data stored buffer pointer Check the read size and read area size Check the time you specified Check the driver is started Check the QBF_Open is executed twice Check the specified program name 259 8 Actions against Errors Return value HEX oe type error FF24n The specified WDT type is out of range cA allocation error FF21n Sufficient memory could not be allocated ae control value error FF20n The specified LED control value is out of range a No error a The specified event No is out of range FF1Fx The specified event No is duplicated Error description 2 24 2 227 Control code send error FF1Du Control code sending is failed 231 Event timeout error FF19n The timeout occurred while waiting for the event 232 CPU No error FF184 The specified CPU No is wrong 34 35 2 2 2 2 2 2 Event wait error The error except timeout occurred while waiting for the FF161 event 2 Event setting No error FF15u The specified event setting No is
293. the Import multiple CPU parameter button on the I O Assignment Setting window Click on the Import multiple CPU parameter button on the Multiple CPU Setting window 2 Description of the window You can select a setup data project Open project Diversion of multiple CPU parameter Project drive File name CPU type Date of creating Heading a Directory lt M E Drive Path C MELSEC QBFA PARAM Project name Cancel 63 5 Utility Operations 3 Notes on using specified data a When moving setting data of GX Developer that has been specified on a personal computer other than MELSECWinCPU module to a MELSECWinCPU module move the data to a MELSECWinCPU module with the whole project folder of GX Developer If files only are moved specifying a project is disallowed b GX Works2 project will not be able to divert the Multiple CPU parameters Using the features of the GX Works2 Export to GX Developer Format File when using a Multiple CPU parameters of GX Works project please save it as a project format GX Developer The PLC types shown below cannot be saved in GX Developer format To reuse projects use the GX Works2 Change PLC Type function to convert the PLC type to Q26UDEHCPU and then save the data as a GX Developer format project lt PLC types that cannot be saved in GX Developer format gt QS50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU QO03UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU QO6UDVCPU QI
294. thin the range 1 10 The setting value for the maximum number of transients in y i Specify the maximum transient counts per scan within the one scan is outside the range range of 1 255 Please input a value within the range 1 255 The setting value for the maximum number of return to 23 Specify the maximum parallel station per scan within the system stations in 1 scan is outside the range range of 1 XX Please input a number within the range 1 XX i a Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have Failed to start up the CC Link utility been failed Two or more stations are selected for the I O master station set erase station No Select only one Sta No and press the Specify I O master Please select 1 station for the I O master station set erase station button station No The I O master station set erase station No is not selected Select only one Sta No and press the Specify I O master Please select the I O master station set erase station No station button The LB setting are overlapping bow Pan Correct the LB setting to eliminate duplication Please set them so that they do not overlap The LW setting are overlapping f AT PENE Correct the LW setting to eliminate duplication Please set them so that they do not overlap The L station to M station setting in LX LY setting 1 are ae f Correct the L station gt M station of LX LY setting1 to eliminate overlapping lt n duplic
295. tical Indication To perform control data change of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times To perform other control change in the running status status control of the MELSECWinCPU module during operation also configure an interlock circuit on the user program so that the whole system runs safely at all times Especially when performing the above control of a remote MELSECWinCPU module from an external device a problem occurring at the MELSECWinCPU module due to abnormal data communication may not be addressed immediately In addition to configuring an interlock circuit on a user program determine a system method between the external device and MELSECWinCPU module in case of abnormal data communication BitDeviceSet reset makes it possible to turn ON OFF devices that can be randomly accessed If a device that cannot be randomly accessed is turned ON OFF a device type error 3 occurs For information about the availability of random access support for each device refer to Chapter 7 Accessible Range and Devices 1 Double click the No of the bit device to be changed 2 The dialog box shown left is displayed Select if the change is acceptable P Change the device X 0001 to ON Select Nol button to cancel A aight 141 6 Functions and Programming 6 Functions and Programming This chapter des
296. ties Add Existing Item WindowsApplication1 Look in Include Of Ph 2 Select the files shown as follows esse 1 When using bus interface function Select QbfFunc32 vb Desktop Projects gs Mage QbfFunc32 vb is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Objet of pe VB Code Fies ven otro nd wed Copy it to development personal computer and use it 2 When using MELSEC data link function Select Mdfunc vb Mdfunc vb is stored under the following folder in CD ROM drive lt CD ROM drive gt lt Include gt Copy it to development personal computer and use it Solution Explorer BLACE m eaen explorer window ES Formi vb Ej QbfFunc32 vb 3 The added standard module is displayed in the solution Al Solution Explorer Pata Sources 145 6 Functions and Programming 6 3 2 Using Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Visual C This section describes settings operations for using Visual Studio 2008 Visual C 1 Setting the include files 1 Start up Visual Studio 2008 Visual C and select Tools Test Window Help X Attach to Process Ctrl alt P Tools i Options menu Device Security Manager Connect to Device Device Emulator Manager Connect to Database Connect to Server Hie eee wa Code Snippets Manager Ctrl K Ctrl B Choose Toolbox It
297. ting Extended cyclic setting Occupied number Input data for the error station Case of CPU STOP setting Other setting Station information setting 4 Station Type Extended cyclic setting Sets a type for a CC Link utility Initial value Master station setting range Master station Local station Sets a mode for a CC Link utility Initial value Remote net Ver 1 mode setting range Remote net Ver 1 mode Remote net Ver 2 mode Remote net additional mode Online Configures the extended cyclic setting for a CC Link utility This item can be set only when Local station is set to Type and any mode other than Remote net Ver 1 is set to Mode setting Initial value One time setting setting range One time setting Twice setting Four time setting Eight time setting Sets the No of stations to be occupied by a CC Link utility local This item can be set when Local station is set to Type Initial value One station occupied setting range One station occupied Four stations occupied Sets how to handle input data when a data link error occurs Initial value Retain setting range Retain Clear Sets how to handle link data at the time of CPU STOP This setting can be set for QJ61BT11N For QJ61BT11 this item is always Refresh irrespec
298. tion data selection error 203En 8255 The No of SFC cycle error 203Fx 8258 The scheduled time setting error 20421 8259 Function count error 20439 8260 System information error 2044n Exit the relevant program and restart your computer Reinstall your software package Consult your local system service desk or agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 252 8 Actions against Errors Return value Error description Actions HEX RAM operation error 2047 H 8264 Boot former ROM forwarding failure 20481 8265 Boot former transfer mode specification error 2049n 8266 Not enough memory 204An 8267 Backup drive former boot drive ROM error 204Bu 8268 Block size error 204Cn 8269 f RUN time detaching error Exit the relevant program and restart your 204Dn computer 8270 Module has already registered Reinstall your software package 204En Consult your local system service desk or 8271 Password registration data full error agency of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 204FH 8272 Password unregistration error 20501 8273 Remote password error 20511 8274 IP address error 20521 8275 Error argument when requesting outside time out value 20539 range 8276 Instruction cast undetection 20541 8277 Trace execution type error 2055n 8278 Version error 20561 253 8 Actions against Errors Return value Error description HEX
299. tion network No setting value is Specify the setting value of the relay destination network No outside the range within the range of 1 239 Please input a value within the range 1 239 279 8 Actions against Errors Error message The total for B W and Y exceeds the 2000 bytes which is the ordinary total for one station Please set the settings so that the total for B W and Y does not exceed the 2000 byte ordinary total for one station The total of low speed LB low speed LW allocated to a normal station exceeds 2000 bytes Please set the allocations of low speed LB amp LW not exceeding 2000 bytes The month setting is out of range Please input with in the range of 1 12 Fixed term cycle interval value setting is out of range Please input with in the range of 1 65535 The device settings are overlapping Please set the device numbers so that they do not overlap Failed to start up the Device monitor utility The number of points setting value is outside the range Please input the value within the range XX YY The send destination network No are overlapping Please set them so that they do not overlap The send destination network No setting value is outside the range Please input a value within the range 1 239 The number of identical assigned points setting is outside the range Changing the number of identical assigned points setting within the range XX YY Driver is not started
300. tive of its setting Initial value Refresh setting range Refresh Forced clear Opens the Other Settings window For details refer to 2 Other Settings window This button can be clicked on only when Master station is set to Type Sets the No of modules to be connected to a CC Link utility Initial value 64 setting range 1 64 Sets a station type For the default value and setting range refer to 1 b Initial value and its setting range by station type Sets extended cyclic points for a CC Link utility 1 9 Initial value One time setting Setting range One time setting Twice setting 9 Four time setting Eight time setting This item shall be set when Remote net Ver 2 Mode or Remote net Additional Mode is set to the mode setting and Ver 2 remote device station or Ver 2 intelligent device station is set to the station type 79 5 Utility Operations Station information setting Sets the No of occupied stations Occupied No Initial value One station occupied setting range No setting One station occupied Two stations occupied Three stations occupied Four stations occupied Sets points for a remote station This item can be set only when Remote net Ver 2 mode is set to Mode setting Remote station points For the default value and setting range ref
301. to a WDT error occurred in the MELSECWinCPU Check whether a watch dog timer error system user occurred on the MELSECWinCPU module or not module Check the MELSECWinCPU module of the connection target Failed to write parameters Check whether you are logging on as a user who has the The probable causes are re a administrator privilege for Windows or not Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a hardware failure or not A Windows logon user does not have administrator authority The operating system is faulty Failed to clear the parameters Check whether you are logging on as a user who has the The probable causes are a y Lat administrator privilege for Windows or not Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a hardware failure or not A Windows logon user does not have administrator authority The operating system is faulty Failed to read the parameters No MELSECWinCPU parameters are set Please set MELSECWinCPU parameters Failed to read the parameters Set MELSECWinCPU parameters and write to MELSECWinCPU The probable causes are module No MELSECWinCPU parameters are set Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module has a hardware The operating system is faulty failure or not Specified file pass exceeds 255 characters f i TRR i Specify a file path with up to 255 characters Please specify it again Set MELSECWinCPU parameters and write to MELSECWinCPU module 270
302. to that of XX or Please monitor it within XX slot less and then perform monitoring Check the available capacity of the save destination It failed in the save of the SBSW file Check the save destination media Confirm the end of the save Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character Setting of the start I O No of XX slot and YY slot are On the Parameter Setting screen check the start I O No overlapping for all of the mounted modules to eliminate duplication Please correct the settings An error occurred in communication with the MELSECNET H Refer to description of the error code in the help module of XX slot information on bus interface functions or MELSEC data Error code XX XXXXu link function s and perform the corresponding action The monitoring time setting value is outside the range Specify setting value of monitoring time within the range Please input the value within the range 1 200 lof 1 200 The station number setting value is outside the range Specify setting value of Sta No within the range of XX Please input a value within the range XX YY YY The equally assigned end station setting value is outside the range Specify setting value of end station within the range of XX Please input a value within the range XX YY YY The equally assigned start station setting value is outside the i a Specify setting value of start station within the range of range ee
303. ttings on the Link side Display range Refer to 3 b Device name on link and CPU side E E ints nd Bi Displays the points for devices to be refreshed on the CPU side ints Displays the same Points as the ones on the Link side i Displays the start for devices to be refreshed on the CPU side ar F Displays the end for devices to be refreshed on the CPU side n 0 St f ae Displays the same Start No as the ones on the Link side Displays the same End No as the ones on the Link side Default _ IChanges the settings on both Link side and CPU side to default Check Performs an error check on the settings on both Link side and CPU side Close Refresh Parameter setting window with saving the setting description ancel Close Refresh Parameter setting window without saving the setting description a Q 120 5 Utility Operations a Initial values for Device name Points Start and End Initial values for Device name Points Start and End is as follows Setting item 16384 00001 SFE B w Transfer 5 transfer 64 vacant b Device name on the Link and CPU side The following shows the setting ranges for Device name on the link side and the displays for Device name on the CPU side c Setting
304. type of Ver 2 in the second half 272 8 Actions against Errors Actions The station type of Ver 1 is not set In the station information setting specify the Ver 1 station Please set up the station type of Ver 1 in the first half type prior to the Ver 2 station type and set up the station type of Ver 2 in the second half Setting of the start I O No of XX slot and YY slot are On the Parameter Setting screen check the start I O No for overlapping all of the mounted modules to eliminate duplication Please correct the settings An error occurred in communication with the CC Link Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the module of XX slot Error code XX XXXXu CC Link module to see details of the error The number of intelligent device stations exceeds the Change the No of intelligent device stations specified in the maximum number of set stations station information setting to be within 26 Please set the number within 26 stations The Error occurred on execution of Line test Refer to the manual of the MELSECWinCPU module or the Error code XX XXXXu CC Link module to see details of the error Line test can execute data link start state only at the time of the following state Check the state of data link on the Module Information In data link screen and retry During Auto Returning The station No setting value is wrong Specify the Sta No within the range of XX YY Please input a val
305. ue with the range XX YY The station No setting value is wrong Specify the Sta No of the target of circuit test within the Please input a value within the range 1 64 range of 1 64 The specified file cannot be read because the CC Link Install the version of the CC Link utility by which the file was utility version is different created The specified file is not a parameter file of the CC Link Check the specified file utility Check the specified file Limit the total No of characters for the file location and file Unable to open the specified file name to 128 Check if the file path or the file name you specified might include 2 bytes character It is local station Change the test target module to the Master station Cannot execute a test from local station In the station information setting specify a value which is The auto buffer size total exceeds 4096 words smaller than or equal to 4096 as the total automatic buffer Please set it so it is within the maximum value size The auto buffer size setting value is wrong In the station information setting specify the automatic buffer Please input 0 or a value within the range 128 4096 for size within the range of 0 and 128 4096 the auto buffer size 273 8 Actions against Errors Actions The number of auto return to system stations setting value is wrong Please input a value within the range 1 10 The receive buffer size setting value is
306. unction aX on module worked in order or not Failed to access the specified intelligent function module Check if the hardware of specified module was abnormal or not N Check the I O No of the specified intelligent 4043H The specified intelligent function module did not exist i function module Make an MELSECWinCPU module the condition that can execute the remote request and request again Failed to execute the remote request If you would execute the remote reset operation set the parameters which permit the remote reset 263 8 Actions against Errors Error code Error description HEX Run the operation to the intelligent function module which is Execute for the management CPU of the out of controlled group among the multiple CPU system target module again Specified the buffer memory address which can not be Check the address of buffer memory and try accessed again The online module exchange setting is permitted in the Stop the request which led to the error Or 42018 multiple CPU parameters Therefore could not execute your forbid the online module exchange setting of request multiple CPU parameters and try again Set the rooting parameter used to access the Rooting parameters were not set to the start CPU module target station to one of the relational and the relay CPU module and could not access the specified station station Wait for a while and try again Or c
307. unit transmission through MELSECNET H MELSECNET H Displays the communication states of MELSECNET H Transmission status For more details on this refer to 1 a Communication SWO006B SWo006C Swo06D SW0059 SW005A SW005B SW0047 condition details Displays the reason for transmission interruption of Reason for transmission MELSECNET H interruption For more details on this refer to 2 a Reason for transmission awe interruption Displays the cause of MELSECNET H s data link stoppage Reason for transmission stop For more details on this refer to 2 a Reason for transmission ea interruption 2 The symbol appears in the case of a coaxial bus system 3 vacant appears in the case of the data link disabled status 95 5 Utility Operations a Reason for transmission interruption Reason for transmission interruption is as follows Display Description b Details on reason for transmission stop Reason for transmission stop is as follows Display Stop instruction present ren Cyclic transmission of all stations stopped by your own Sta or another Sta All Stop instruction present Cyclic transmission of your own Sta stopped Own Stop instruction present Cyclic transmission of your own Sta stopped by another Sta Sta No D Gstation Megal parameter 96 5 Utility Operations 3 Specification of SB SW saving file Examples o
308. urned off Base On the dual base units the supply voltage of Check the electric power supply to the dual power INo power No jone side dropped modules mounted on the dual base units This is a hardware failure in the dual power modules In the dual power system a failure was and consult your local system service desk or agency INo power No detected in one of the dual power modules lof Mitsubishi Electric Corporation The battery voltage of the MELSECWmCPU module body dropped to below the default Replace the battery The lead connector of the battery of the Attach the lead connector MELSECWimCPU module body is not attached For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000n OOF Fu 03E0u 03E3 238 8 Actions against Errors Error a Error code Error description information Battery voltage on memory card went down Replace batteries of card mounted on PC card below specified value slot In a multiple CPU system a CPU module Replace the CPU module incompatible with incompatible with the multiple CPU system is the multiple CPU system with a CPU module compatible with the multiple CPU system Check error information on Event Viewer and check replace the module T O module information is diff
309. use 4 If SWI1PNC WCPU B has already been installed you can not additionally install it First uninstall it and try to install again 5 It does not support languages switching from Regional and Language Options on Control Panel Do not install or uninstall after switching languages 1 Installing SW1PNC WCPU B 1 Turn on the power to the MELSECWinCPU module and start Windows oi TaN ae RO 2 Open Start Control Panel OQ O B prah Be Foes fi E cowna gt Open Add or Remove Programs and select Add Pick a category New Programs earance ani hemes pport Other Control Panel Options To the next page 30 4 Installing and Uninstalling the Software Package From the previous page 4 G er 3 When the screen shown at the left is displayed click the amp To add a program From a CD ROM or floppy disk cick CD or Floppy Dos Boppy enero CD or Floppy button To add new Windows Features device drivers and system updates over the Internet dick E Windows Update Windows Update Install Program From Floppy Disk or CD ROM 4 When the screen shown at the left is displayed insert Insert the product s first installation floppy disk or CD ROM 7 aod ten ce Nee CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and click the Next gt button a 5 When the screen shown at the left is displayed If this the corect installation progam cick pe To i O a a ao Setup exe has been f
310. value within the range of 1 32767 Wait until communication diagnostic is completed Press the Stop Diagnostic button to exit communication diagnostic Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been failed Make the setting so that the total should be up to 10008 points 269 8 Actions against Errors Error message Failed to read the input data X Check whether I O assignment matches with the actual state or not he Reinstall SW1PNC WCPU B because its installation may have been Failed to read the version information tailed ailed Check whether the connection destination MELSECWinCPU module is Driver is not started Or it is not a MELSECWinCPU operating or not module Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module is operating properly or not Check whether an intelligent function module is mounted to the specified slot or not Check whether the intelligent function module mounted to the Failed to write data to the buffer memory specified slot has an error or not Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module is operating properly or not Check whether an intelligent function module is mounted to the specified slot or not Check whether the intelligent function module mounted to the Failed to read data from the buffer memory specified slot has an error or not Check whether the MELSECWinCPU module is operating properly or not Failed to obtain the module configuration information due
311. vices cannot be used for MELSECWinCPU module programs with MELSEC data link functions Q QnA SEND function arrival confirmation available and RECV function Q QnA SEND function arrival confirmation not available W shared device ED shared device 2 shared device type Device type Code specification Device Device name specification Decimal Hexadecimal e DevX E Dev Le i Devl bo o as Dev ae eee po Special M SM SB MELSECNET H MELSECNET 10 link special B for CC Link aa DevSM Dev a DevTT T contact Oo s a DevTC C a a e O O O o m we oo Oos o omw ow o Special D SD SW MELSECNET H 14 Eu DevSD MELSECNET 10 link special W for CC Link Oos m ee 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the modules of MELSEC functions and the include file 168 6 Functions and Programming Device type Code specification Device Device name specification Decimal Hexadecimal fi I Sass see IG a Oo m ow za Oo w omr nenge 2 9 3 0 4 5 2 6 ER extended file register 22000 22256 55F0u 56F0u DevER 0 DevER 256 Argument value for device name specification 0 256 8 Block No 5 4 5 o A B C 0 E 3 5 3 6 4 5 0 2 DevSTN Retentive timer current value Own Sta link register for sending Own Sta link register for receiving aoe DevSPB Own Sta buffer memory 2 1 Device name specification macro is defined in the m
312. want to change Paed O aeres the row Logical Sta No selected from the target setting list Pad module No 1 2 and 3 are respectively set to Logical Sta No 1 2 and 3 If there is no need to change Logical Sta No the utility can be used with the default Logical Sta No 2 Logical Sta No are logical No specified as Sta No in the Device Monitor utility and user programs MELSEC data link function Use a Logical Sta No when the MELSECWinCPU module accesses a different Sta CPU a CPU of a different ID device in a multiple CPU system 3 The target CPU field can be set only when as a CPU module the MELSECWinCPU module is capable of configuring a multiple CPU system 60 5 Utility Operations 5 3 9 Operating the Communication Diagnostics Window When the MELSECWinCPU module is in a multiple CPU configuration diagnoses the possibility of communication with a CPU of a different ID device Specify the Logical Sta No of a different ID device in the Logical Sta No field If your own device s Logical Sta No is specified the error code 19203 is displayed If the Logical Sta No of a not mounted device is specified the error code 19200 is displayed Kli MELSECWinCPU setting utility Module information Module monitor Online operation System setting 1 0 assignment setting Multiple CPU setting Target setting Communication diagnostics Communication diagnostics Logical Sta No 1
313. when Start End is set to Assignment method Initial value vacant setting range refer to 1 a Network coverage assignment setting range Sets monitoring time of link scan time by 10ms unit Initial value 200 setting range 1 200 Sets the selected station as the link device LX LY I O master station or cancels that setting This button can be used when LXI LY setting 1 or LX LY setting 2 is set to Window change Displays Equal assignment window For more details on this refer to 4 Equal assignment window Displays Supplementary setting window For more details on this refer to 5 Supplementary setting window Deletes the settings for Points Start and End and sets Total No of stations and Monitoring time to default 117 5 Utility Operations a Network coverage assignment setting range Network coverage assignment setting range is as follows Oo a O eee Oo a O oomme w O00Fn SERRA Oo ooie point 1 16384 00001 SBF control station MNET H extended mode control station 3 1 oe g000n aRFOn 3FFOH 1 Oo ea OOO oome aR O Oo oome ee O Oo sm O 20000 sR rs oooom aRRon When network type is MNET 10 mode ema ona O Oo oome ee O m 000011 LEFF 000011 LEFF 1 Only a multiple of 16 can be set to the Points and Start of LX LY and LB 2 Only a mult
314. working properly and reboot the system For example error information module No will be displayed in Description of the Event tab of Event Viewer in the following format Error information XX YYY XX decimal Slot No 0 63 CPU No 1 4 YYY hexadecimal Start I O No 16 0000n OFF0n 3E00u 3E30n 2 This error code is shown only on the error help of PC diagnostics of GX Works2 247 8 Actions against Errors 8 4 List of Error Code Error Message This section describes error codes and error messages returned at the time of error For details on the errors that occur when using MX Component refer to the following sections 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution 8 4 2 Corrective Actions for error code on the communication with MELSECWinCPU module 8 4 1 Actions upon error codes at the time of function execution An error code returned when executing bus interface function or MELSEC data link function is directly returned as a return value 1 Error codes common between bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions The following table shows description of errors and actions corresponding to error codes which will be returned from both bus interface functions and MELSEC data link functions Return value Error description Actions HEX 0 Normal completion 0000x 1 Driver not started Correct the error occurred when starting 0001n _ The drive
315. ws the flow which should be performed when the output load of the output module is not turned on during operation of the MELSECWinCPU system Output load is not turned on Does the output display LED of the output Perform the troubleshooting in 8 2 8 module lights Is the voltage supplied for the load s power supply Check the wiring of the load s power supply and restore the power Are supply voltage 7 values between respective Check the wiring for and the COM pins of the output share of the load and restore module observed Yes Output module failure Replace the output module Is the rush Change the output relay No current on concurrent so that the current on concurrent activation of the maximum activation of the maximum number No of loads within of loads can be within specifications specification Yes Check the wiring for and the share of the load and restore 224 8 Actions against Errors 8 2 10 Troubleshooting when B RUN LED continues to blink in the multiple CPU system configuration If B RUN LED continues to blink in the multiple CPU system configuration clear reset of the CPU module No 1 For information on how to clear reset of a CPU module refer to QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection 8 2 11 Flow when Bus I F driver not activated is displayed The following diagram shows the flow which should be performed whe
316. xist CPU No exceeding the one set in the multiple CPU setting may be specified The target CPU is not connected Please change the target CPU setting The setting in the number of communication diagnostics is out of range Set a value within the range of 1 to 32767 This operation is not executable during communication diagnostics Terminate the communication diagnostics and then retry Failed to start up the Device monitor utility The total of points is out of range Please set with in the 1000H points Re enter or select a drive path with up to 150 characters Specify a hexadecimal value within the range of 0000 OFF0 as the start I O No Correct the start I O No setting to eliminate duplication Specify a hexadecimal value within the range of 0000 OFF0 as the start I O No Specify a value within the range of 0 15 as the start SI No Specify a value within the range of 0 15 as the start SI No Specify a single byte numeric value as the start SI No Make the setting so that start XY is not duplicated Specify another CPU as the target of communication diagnostic Check whether the connection destination MELSECWinCPU module has the multiple CPU configuration or not Then specify the module No of a CPU which is included in the configuration as the target of communication diagnostic Check the mount state of the target CPU Change the specified target CPU No to another Specify a
317. xisting Item New Filter BREH R amp Show All Files Rescan Solution References Set as StartUp Project Build Customizations gt Refresh Project Toolbox Items Project Build Debug Team Data Tools Test Wwindos Ctrl Shift x Ctrl Shift 4 Ctrl D c Properties Open Folder in Windows Explorer bly Embed Managed Resource File Force Symbol References Delay Loaded Dlls Assembly Link Resource Additional Depe XML Data Generator Tool jendencies Specifies addtional items to add to the ink command ine i e kernel kernel32 libjuser32 1b gdi32 ib winspool ib comdig32 i Microsoft Cpp Win32 user Property Pages Add Module to Assembly Embed Managed Resource File Force Symbol References Buld Events E Cust odbc32 Ib odbccp32 1b AddtionaDependencies 4 Manag ces Additional Dependencies Custom Build Tool S oaa cence Too_ Specifies addtional tems to add to the link command ine J e kerrel32 8b Additional Dependencies QBFFunc3z2 lib MdFunc32 lib Inherited values kernel32 lib user32 lib gdi32 lib winspool lib comdlg32 lib Inherit from parent or project defaults 8 Open a project to create and select the menu item Project Properties 9 In lt Project gt Property pages dialog box select lt Configuration Properties gt lt Linker gt Input
318. ystem b To the next page Yes Reset the bus interface driver using the toggle switch Refer to MELSECWinCPU on the MELSECWinCPU module Module User s Manual The written parameters can be enabled through Hardware Design this reset operation Function Explanation To the next page 27 3 Procedures before Starting and Settings From the previous page b Perform reset operation from CPU Module No 1 The written parameters can be enabled through this reset operation Refer to CPU module User s manual to be used Make the switch on CPU Module No 1 STOP gt RUN and check if the status of CPU Module No 1 is changed to RUN RUN LED lighted ON From the previous page 0 Make the toggle switch on the MELSECWinCPU module B STOP gt B RUN and check if the status of the _ Refer to MELSECWinCPU MELSECWinCPU module is changed to RUN B RUN Module User s Manual LED lighted ON Hardware Design Function Explanation Check the operating condition ee whether or not an error exists etc Refer to 5 5 using the Module Information screen Error History Monitor and the Monitor Other Stations screen in the MELSECNET H utility Access your own station or another station from the Device Monitor utility and check that Refer to 5 6 you can access either of them No Whether or not an error occurs a To the previous page Yes Create and debug a user progra

MELSECWinCPU Module Q-Bus Interface Driver User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents